<

&
7610, 7710,

'
and 7810
Tractors

23(5$72560$18$/
TSNMI=TTNMI=~åÇ=TUNM
qê~Åíçêë

lj^oNSONTO=fëëìÉ=cV=====båÖäáëÜ

 ) 
2 0 $ 5       

John Deere Waterloo Works

OMAR162172 Issue F9
(This manual replaces OMAR162172 K8)
Export Edition

LITHO IN U.S.A.
ENGLISH
 Introduction
READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to
operate and service your machine correctly. Failure to
do so could result in personal injury or equipment
damage. This manual and safety signs on your
machine may also be available in other languages.
(See your John Deere dealer to order.)
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a
permanent part of your machine and should remain
with the machine when you sell it.
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch
wrench.
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined
by facing in the direction the implement will travel
when going forward.
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
(P.I.N.) in the Specification section. Accurately record
all the numbers to help in tracing the machine should
it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these numbers
when you order parts. File the identification numbers
in a secure place off the machine.
WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’s
support program for customers who operate and
maintain their equipment as described in this manual.
The warranty is explained on the warranty certificate
which you should have received from your dealer.
This warranty provides you the assurance that John
Deere will back its products where defects appear
within the warranty period. In some circumstances,
John Deere also provides field improvements, often
without charge to the customer, even if the product is
out of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, or
modified to change its performance beyond the
original factory specifications, the warranty will
become void and field improvements may be denied.
Setting fuel delivery above specifications or otherwise
overpowering machines will result in such action.
THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty applicable to
your machine may not apply outside the U.S.
-UN-21JUN96
RW55813
RX7010EXP,IFC -19-05AUG96
090699
PN=3
 Introduction

-UN-05MAR97
RW56341
John Deere Waterloo Works

Deere Customer:

Congratulations on the purchase of your John Deere tractor and, if you are a new customer,
welcome to the John Deere family. We believe you will find your new tractor meets your
expectations.

Of course, the tractor is just one aspect of the John Deere ownership experience. A great deal
of your satisfaction also depends on the performance of the people who represent the care and
service of John Deere products. From your dealer sales representative, to the service department,
to the parts department, the people of John Deere will strive to make your ownership experience
truly exceptional.

This operator’s manual provides information for the safe operation of your tractor.
Recommendations for service and maintenance are also included.

The Technical Publications Group, and the entire team at John Deere Waterloo Works, would
like to confirm our commitment to your satisfaction. Our goal is to assure your John Deere
tractor brings you many years of satisfactory service.

Technical Publications
John Deere Waterloo Works

RXTHANKS -19-11MAR97

090699
PN=4
Introduction

090699
PN=5
 Contents
Page Page

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Restarting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Stopping the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Controls and Instruments Cold Weather Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Command Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Starting Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6
Function Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Auxiliary Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7
Single Lever Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 Booster Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-8
Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Instrument Panels Operating the Tractor
Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Foldable ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1
Digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6 Avoid Pesticides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Display Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Calibrating Tire Size-With Radar . . . . . . . . . . 15-9 Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7
Performance Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11 Headland Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8
Reverser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9
Lights Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 35-11
Operating Lights Triple Link Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12
Open Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
Turn Signals, Horn, and Head Lights . . . . . . . 20-3 Hitch
Extremity Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4 Components and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Seven-Terminal Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 Hitch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
External Raise/Lower Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6
Sway Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6
Operator Station
Attaching and Detaching Implements . . . . . . . 40-7
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Lift Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-11
Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3
Hitch Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-12
Heater/Air Conditioner . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Windshield Wiper . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
Remote Hydraulic Cylinders
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
Cylinder Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5
SCV Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Detent Relief Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-7 Relief Valve Manual Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Mobile Radio and Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8 Low-Pressure Return Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Accessory Electrical Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Hydraulic Motor Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Power Strip . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Power Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Remote Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-11
Operating the Engine
Pre-starting Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 Continued on next page

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
OMAR162172 F9-19-09JUN99

COPYRIGHT© 1999
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION® Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright 1998 Deere & Company

i 090699
PN=270
 Contents

Page Page

Drawbar and PTO Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3

Drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 High-Pressure Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3
PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3 Compressed Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3
Service Implements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4
Service Interval Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-5
Optimum Performance/Ballast
Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours
Measuring Wheel Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Determining Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Liquid Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2
Rear Cast Iron Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-10 Transmission-Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2
Loader Rear Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-11 Rear Axle Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3
Implement Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-12 Front Wheel Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3
Quik-Tatch™ Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-15 Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4
MFWD Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5
Wheels, Tires, and Treads Triple Link Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1 Hitch and Lift Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-7
Inflation Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2 Front PTO Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-7
Tire Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-9 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-7
Wheel and Axle Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10
Front Axle and Tread Settings . . . . . . . . . . 60-12 Service/250 Hours
Toe-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-14 Engine Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
MFWD Tread Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-16 Fuel Tank Sump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Steering Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-17 Wheel Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Front or MFWD Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Fenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-22
Triple Link Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
MFWD Housing and Wheel Hub Oil . . . . . . . 90-3
Transport Triple Link Suspension Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Driving . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Towing Loads ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2 Front PTO Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Towing Tractor .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-4 Front PTO Housing Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Mired Machine ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-6 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Neutral Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7
Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant Cab Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1 Manual Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-3
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-5 Service/750 Hours
Transmission-Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-8 Transmission Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1
MFWD Hydraulic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1
Axle Housing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-9 Rear Axle Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Axle Wheel Hub Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10 Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10 Engine Idle Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Coolant Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3
Fuel Tank Vent Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-3
Break-In Period
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Service/1500 Hours
Wheel and Axle Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-2 Transmission-Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1
Hydraulic Oil Suction Screen . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1
Service MFWD Hub and Axle Housing Oil . . . . . . . . 100-2
Service Chart Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1 Triple Link Suspension Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-3
Side Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2 Continued on next page

ii 090699
PN=271
 Contents

Page Page

Draft Link Support Shaft Bushing . . . . . . . . 100-3 Specifications

Belt Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-1
Front Wheel Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-4 Ground Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-5
Front PTO Housing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-4
Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140-1
Service/2000 Hours
Lubrication and Maintenance Charts . . . . 145-1
Engine Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-1
Service/Annual
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1 Index
Cab Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1
PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-2

Service/Two Years
Cooling System Flush-Thermostats Check . . . 115-1

Service/As Required
Transmission Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Hydraulic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Fuel Prefilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-3
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-6
Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-6
Grille Screens, Radiator, and Condenser . . . 120-7
Air Pre-Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7
Fan Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-9
Front Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-10
Head Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-10
Light Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-11
Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-14
Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-17
Alternator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-18

Troubleshooting
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-1
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-4
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-5
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-5
Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-6
Selective Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-8
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-9
Operator Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-11
Tractor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-12

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-1

iii 090699
PN=272
Contents

iv 090699
PN=273
 Safety
RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION

This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this

symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to
the potential for personal injury.

-UN-07DEC88
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.

T81389
DX,ALERT -19-29SEP98

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is

used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.

-19-30SEP88
DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are listed on
CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to
safety messages in this manual.

TS187
DX,SIGNAL -19-03MAR93

FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be

-UN-23AUG88
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
available from your John Deere dealer.

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without

TS201
instruction.

Keep your machine in proper working condition.

Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair
the function and/or safety and affect machine life.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and

need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

DX,READ -19-03MAR93

05-1 090699
PN=6
 P
OPERATING THE TRACTOR SAFELY

-UN-23AUG88

-UN-23AUG88
TS213

Careless use of the tractor can result in unnecessary
accidents. Be alert to hazards of tractor operation.
Understand causes of accidents and take every
precaution to avoid them. Most common accidents
are caused from:
• Tractor roll-over
• Improper starting procedures
• Crushing and pinching during hitching
• Collisions with other motor vehicles
• Entanglement in PTO shafts
• Falling from tractor
TS276
Avoid accidents by taking the following precautions:
• Put transmission in PARK before dismounting.
Leaving transmission in gear with engine
stopped will NOT prevent the tractor from
moving.
• Be sure everyone is clear of tractor and attached
equipment before starting engine.
• Never try to get on or off a moving tractor.
• When tractor is left unattended, place in PARK,
lower implements to the ground, stop the engine,
and remove the key.

• Never go near an operating PTO or an operating

implement.

• Always fasten your seat belt in a ROPS

equipped tractor.

RX,HAZARD,S -19-20DEC95

05-2 090699
PN=7
 P
PREVENT MACHINE RUNAWAY

Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.

Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.

Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.

-UN-11JAN89
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start
engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in
neutral or park.

TS177
DX,BYPAS1 -19-29SEP98

STOPPING AND PARKING TRACTOR

Tractor roll-over, collisions, runaway tractors, and people

being crushed under machines and implements can
happen when operators ignore safety.

-UN-24MAY89
To avoid these accidents, take some precautions:

• Signal before stopping, turning, or slowing down on

public roads
• Pull over to side of road before stopping

TS230
• Slow down before braking
• Pump brakes when stopping on slippery surfaces
• Be careful when towing and stopping heavy loads
• Shift to park or apply parking brake
• Lower all equipment when leaving tractor
• Remove key

RX,STOP,PARK -19-21SEP92

05-3 090699
PN=8
 P
USE ROPS AND SEAT BELT PROPERLY

If this tractor is equipped with a foldable ROPS, keep the

ROPS in the fully extended and locked position. If the
tractor is ever operated with ROPS folded (e.g., to enter

-UN-23AUG88
a low building), drive with extreme caution. Do NOT use
seat belt with the ROPS folded.

Return the ROPS to the raised, fully extended and

locked position as soon as the tractor is operated under
normal conditions. Always fasten your seat belt when the

TS205
ROPS is fully extended and locked.

DX,FOLDROPS -19-16APR92

KEEP ROPS INSTALLED PROPERLY

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the

roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or
removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to

-UN-23AUG88
proper torque.

The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if

ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in
an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be

TS212
replaced, not reused.

DX,ROPS3 -19-03MAR93

05-4 090699
PN=9
 P
USE CAUTION ON HILLSIDES

Avoid holes, ditches, and obstructions which may cause

tractor roll-over, especially on hillsides. Avoid sharp turns
on hills.

-UN-07DEC88
Never drive near the edge of a gully or steep
embankment.

Driving out of a ditch, mired condition, or up a steep

RW13093
slope could cause tractor to tip over rearward. Back out
of these situations if possible.

RX,HILL,SIDE1 -19-22SEP92

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.

Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being

-UN-23AUG88
struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the
machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view
resulting in the machine being operated in an unsafe
manner.

TS290
DX,RIDER -19-03MAR93

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.

-UN-23AUG88
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
TS206

DX,WEAR2 -19-03MAR93

05-5 090699
PN=10
 P
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.

-UN-23AUG88
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.

TS207
DX,NOISE -19-03MAR93

HANDLE FUEL SAFELY—AVOID FIRES

Handle fuel with care: it is highly flammable. Do not

refuel the machine while smoking or when near open
flame or sparks.

-UN-23AUG88
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel
tank outdoors.

Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of accumulated

trash, grease, and debris. Always clean up spilled fuel.

TS202
DX,FIRE1 -19-03MAR93

PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES

Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

-UN-23AUG88
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance
service, hospital, and fire department near your
telephone.

TS291

DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93

05-6 090699
PN=11
 P
HANDLE STARTING FLUID SAFELY

Starting fluid is highly flammable.

Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep

-UN-18MAR92
starting fluid away from batteries and cables.

To prevent accidental discharge when storing the

pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and
store in a cool, protected location.

TS1356
Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.

DX,FIRE3 -19-16APR92

HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause

serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with
John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants,

-UN-26NOV90
coolants, paints, and adhesives.

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific

details on chemical products: physical and health
hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response

TS1132
techniques.

Check the MSDS before you start any job using a

hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly
what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then
follow procedures and recommended equipment.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical

products used with John Deere equipment.)

DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93

05-7 090699
PN=12
 P
AVOID CONTACT WITH PESTICIDES

This enclosed cab does not protect against inhaling

harmful pesticides. If pesticide use instructions require
respiratory protection, wear an appropriate respirator

-UN-23AUG88
inside the cab.

Before leaving the cab, wear personal protective

equipment as required by the pesticide use instructions.
When re-entering the cab, remove protective equipment
and store either outside the cab in a closed box or some

TS220
other type of sealable container or inside the cab in a
pesticide resistant container, such as a plastic bag.

Clean your shoes or boots to remove soil or other

contaminated particles prior to entering the cab.

-UN-23AUG88
TS272
DX,CABS -19-03MAR93

STAY CLEAR OF ROTATING DRIVELINES

Entanglement in rotating driveline can cause serious

injury or death.

-UN-22AUG95
Keep tractor master shield and driveline shields in place
at all times. Make sure rotating shields turn freely.

Wear close fitting clothing. Stop the engine and be sure

PTO driveline is stopped before making adjustments,
TS1644
connections, or cleaning out PTO driven equipment.

DX,PTO -19-12SEP95

CHECK CLEARANCES

Check clearances at extreme steering oscillation

conditions if implements are attached to the side frames
when using triple link suspension (suspended front axle).
-UN-07JUL98
RW56606

RX,CLEARANCE -19-06JUL98

05-8 090699
PN=13
 P
USE SAFETY LIGHTS AND DEVICES

Prevent collisions between other road users, slow moving

tractors with attachments or towed equipment, and
self-propelled machines on public roads. Frequently
check for traffic from the rear, especially in turns, and
use hand signals or turn signal lights.

Use headlights, flashing warning lights, and turn signals

day and night. Follow local regulations for equipment
lighting and marking. Keep lighting and marking visible

-UN-12APR90
and in good working order. Replace or repair lighting and
marking that has been damaged or lost.

TS951
DX,FLASH -19-04FEB99

USE A SAFETY CHAIN

A safety chain will help control drawn equipment should

it accidentally separate from the drawbar.

-UN-23AUG88
Using the appropriate adapter parts, attach the chain to
the tractor drawbar support or other specified anchor
location. Provide only enough slack in the chain to
permit turning.

See your John Deere dealer for a chain with a strength

TS217
rating equal to or greater than the gross weight of the
towed machine. Do not use safety chain for towing.

DX,CHAIN -19-03MAR93

05-9 090699
PN=14
 P
TRANSPORT TRACTOR SAFELY

Transport a disabled tractor on a flatbed carrier. Securely

chain tractor to carrier.

-UN-04DEC92
If towing a tractor, never tow faster than 16 km/h
(10 mph) with front or rear wheels raised or faster
than 8 km/h (5 mph) with all wheels on the ground.
Have an operator steer and brake tractor.

RW22056
RX,HAUL,IT1 -19-15FEB99

TOW LOADS SAFELY

Stopping distance increases with speed and weight of

towed loads, and on slopes. Towed loads with or without
brakes that are too heavy for the tractor or are towed

-UN-23AUG88
too fast can cause loss of control. Consider the total
weight of the equipment and its load.

Observe these recommended maximum road speeds, or

local speed limits which may be lower:

TS216
• If towed equipment does not have brakes, do not travel
more than 32 km/h (20 mph) and do not tow loads more
than 1.5 times the tractor weight.

• If towed equipment has brakes, do not travel more than

40 km/h (25 mph) and do not tow loads more than 4.5
times the tractor weight.

Ensure the load does not exceed the recommended

weight ratio. Add ballast to recommended maximum for
tractor, lighten the load, or get a heavier towing unit. The
tractor must be heavy and powerful enough with
adequate braking power for the towed load. Use
additional caution when towing loads under adverse
surface conditions, when turning, and on inclines.

DX,TOW -19-02OCT95

05-10 090699
PN=15
 P
FREEING A MIRED MACHINE

Attempting to free a mired machine can involve safety

hazards such as the mired tractor tipping rearward, the
towing tractor overturning, and the tow chain or cable

-UN-15SEP95
failing and recoiling from its stretched condition.

Back your tractor out if it gets mired down in mud.

Unhitch any towed implements. Dig mud from behind the
rear wheels. Place boards behind the wheels to provide

TS1645
a solid base and try to back out slowly. If necessary, dig
mud from the front of all wheels and drive slowly ahead.

If necessary to tow with another unit, use a long chain or

cable. Inspect the chain or cable for flaws. Make sure all
parts of towing devices are of adequate size and strong
enough to handle the load.

-UN-23AUG88
Always hitch to the drawbar of the towing unit. Before
moving, clear the area of people. Apply power smoothly
to take up the slack: a sudden pull could snap any
towing device causing it to whip or recoil dangerously.

TS263
DX,MIRED -19-02OCT95

05-11 090699
PN=16
 P
PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

area clean and dry.

Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow
machine to cool.

Securely support any machine elements that must be

raised for service work.

Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.

Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.

On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

-UN-23AUG88
cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical
systems or welding on machine.

On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

tractor before servicing electrical system components or

TS218
welding on machine.

DX,SERV -19-04FEB99

SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

before you work on the machine. Potential exists for
attachment or implement to unintentionally lower after
-UN-23AUG88

tractor is parked and engine is shut off. If you must work

on a lifted machine or attachment, securely support the
machine or attachment.

Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow

tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load.
TS229

Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by

a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual.

When implements or attachments are used with the

tractor, always follow safety precautions listed in the
implement owners manual or operating instructions.

RX,LOWER -19-08JUL98

05-12 090699
PN=17
 P
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR
HEATING

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

-UN-23AUG88
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is
heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.

Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose

of paint and solvent properly.

TS220
Remove paint before welding or heating:

• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.

Wear an approved respirator.

• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper

with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.

DX,PAINT -19-03MAR93

AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED

FLUID LINES

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to

-UN-15MAY90
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be
accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.

TS953
DX,TORCH -19-03MAR93

05-13 090699
PN=18
 P
AVOID HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.

-UN-23AUG88
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect

X9811
hands and body from high pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any

fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed
within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors
unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a
knowledgeable medical source. Such information is
available from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

DX,FLUID -19-03MAR93

PROTECT AGAINST HIGH PRESSURE

SPRAY

Spray from high pressure nozzles can penetrate the skin

and cause serious injury. Keep spray from contacting

-UN-18MAR92
hands or body.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any

high pressure spray injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may
TS1343
result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should
reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

DX,SPRAY -19-16APR92

05-14 090699
PN=19
 P
SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling

system can cause serious burns.

-UN-23AUG88
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool
enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to
first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

TS281
DX,RCAP -19-04JUN90

STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY

Stored attachments such as dual wheels, cage wheels,

and loaders can fall and cause serious injury or death.

-UN-23AUG88
Securely store attachments and implements to prevent
falling. Keep playing children and bystanders away from
storage area.

TS219
DX,STORE -19-03MAR93

DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil,

-UN-26NOV90
fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not

use food or beverage containers that may mislead
someone into drinking from them.

TS1133
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or
into any water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.

DX,DRAIN -19-03MAR93

05-15 090699
PN=20
 Safety Signs
REPLACE DAMAGED OR MISSING SAFETY SIGNS

IMPORTANT: Install new safety signs if old signs
are damaged, lost or can not be
read. Install a new safety sign when
replacing any new part that
previously had a safety sign.
Keep safety signs clean and in good condition.
Replacement signs are available. See your John
Deere Dealer.

RXSAFETYSIGNS -19-24NOV95

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

This operator’s manual contains important information

necessary for safe machine operation. Carefully observe
all safety rules to avoid accidents.

-UN-01MAY95
RW55681
RX,OM -19-12APR95

EXTERNAL HITCH CONTROL SWITCH

Stay clear of three-point hitch lift range when operating

hitch using external control switch.

-UN-24MAR93
RW22130

RX,REMOTE -19-29MAR93

10-1 090699
PN=21
 Controls and Instruments
FRONT CONSOLE—CAB TRACTORS

A—Turn Signal Lever,

Dimmer Switch, Horn,
Flash-to-Pass
B—Steering Wheel Telescope
Release
C—Wiper Switch
D—Key Switch
E—Foot Throttle (Optional)
F—Brake Pedals
G—Differential Lock
H—Clutch Pedal
I—Steering Wheel Tilt Release
J—Starting Aid Switch
(7710 and 7810)
K—Hazard Light Switch
L—Light Switch

-UN-21JUN96
RW55766
RX7010,15,1 -19-26JUN96

FRONT CONSOLE—OPEN STATION

A—Turn Signal
B—Steering Wheel Telescope
Release
C—Horn
D—Key Switch
E—Foot Throttle (Optional)
F—Brake Pedals
G—Differential Lock
H—Clutch Pedal
I—Steering Wheel Tilt Release
J—High-Beam Switch
K—Starting Aid Switch
(7710 and 7810)
L—Light Switch
-UN-10JUL96
RW55767

RX7010,15,2 -19-26JUN96

15-1 090699
PN=22
 Controls and Instruments

CHECKING INSTRUMENT PANEL

IMPORTANT: See your John Deere Dealer if any

system indicates malfunction.

-UN-15JUL96
Check indicator lights and warning signal each time the
engine is started. All indicators, except the turn signal
and high-beam head light indicators, will light and the
warning signal will sound momentarily when the key
switch is turned to the ON position.

RW55986
RX7010,15,3 -19-26JUN96

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK, REAR AND FRONT

PTO, MFWD INDICATORS

Front PTO (A), MFWD (B), Differential Lock (C), and

Rear PTO (D) indicators light when the specific function

-UN-21AUG92
is activated.

NOTE: PTO indicator and SERVICE ALERT will flash if

operator leaves the seat with PTO engaged.

RW22006
RX7010,15,4 -19-26JUN96

SINGLE-LEVER CONTROLS

Single-lever control (A) can be used for fourth or fifth

SCV control or loader operations.

-UN-25JUN93
Single-lever control (B) combines loader boom and
bucket motions with grapple control. (See your implement
operator’s manual for correct use.)

RW55074
-UN-25JUN93
RW55076

RX7000W,15,3 -19-02APR98

15-2 090699
PN=23
 Controls and Instruments

CONTROL CONSOLE

A—Right-hand Reverser Lever

B—Gear Shift Lever
C—Range Shift Lever
D—MFWD Switch (Optional)
E—Hand Throttle
F—Hitch Control
G—Remote Hydraulic Levers (SCVs)
H—Hitch Load/Depth Control
I—Blower Speed Control
J—Air Flow Control
K—Temperature Control
L—Air Conditioning Switch
M—Rear PTO Switch
N—Headland Management Switch (Optional)
O—Creeper Lever (Optional)
P—Accessory Electrical Outlet
Q—Rear Windshield Washer/Wiper Switch
(Optional)
R—Cigar Lighter

-UN-14JUL98
RW56592
PowrQuad Illustrated RX7010,15,5 -19-14JUL98

15-3 090699
PN=24
 Controls and Instruments

ANALOG INSTRUMENT PANEL

-UN-15JUL96
RW55987
KEY ITEM or INDICATOR FUNCTION

A STOP Serious malfunction—STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY and determine the cause

B SERVICE ALERT Flashes when a problem develops—Observe gauges and indicator lamps

C Turn Signal Flashes left or right turn lights—Both flash when activating HAZARD switch

D Function Indicates the activated function—Front PTO, MFWD, Differential Lock, HMS,
and Rear PTO—Indicator flashes if a problem exists

E Tachometer Indicates engine speed

F Engine Temperature Indicates the temperature of the engine

G Digital Display Displays tractor true ground speed (mph), hourmeter, front and rear PTO
speed, engine speed, current system voltage, and wheel slip—Displays
gear selected and direction for tractors with power shift transmission

RX7010,15,6 -19-13OCT98

15-4 090699
PN=25
 Controls and Instruments

KEY ITEM or INDICATOR FUNCTION

H Speedometer Indicates tractor ground speed (mph)

I Fuel Indicates remaining amount of fuel

J Function Selectors Changes Digital Display functions—(See Changing Display Function)

K Read Operator Manual F1 fuse is blown—(See Service sections)

L Transmission System* PowrQuad—No function

Power Shift—Indicates a problem with the transmission control system or
the tractor is in the “Come-Home” mode

M Transmission Oil Low transmission oil pressure—Stop engine and determine cause
Pressure**

N Engine Oil Pressure** Low engine oil pressure—Stop engine and determine cause

O Hydraulic Oil Hot hydraulic oil—Check oil level or check for plugged oil
Temperature* ** cooler—Stop Engine if oil becomes excessively hot

P High Beam Head Lights Indicates high-beam head lights are activated

Q Transmission Filter Plugged transmission filter—Service as soon as possible—(See

Restriction* Service sections)

R Air Filter Restriction* Restricted air filter—Service as soon as possible—(See Service

sections)

S Hydraulic Filter Plugged hydraulic filter—Service as soon as possible—(See

Restriction* Service sections)

T Voltage* Electrical system voltage is too low or too high

U Hitch System Flashes when the tractor is in the “Come-Home” mode

* SERVICE ALERT INDICATOR flashes

** STOP ENGINE INDICATOR flashes RX7010,15,7 -19-26JUN96

15-5 090699
PN=26
 Controls and Instruments

DIGITAL INSTRUMENT PANEL

-UN-15JUL96
RW55988
KEY ITEM or INDICATOR FUNCTION

A STOP Serious malfunction—STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY and determine the cause

B SERVICE ALERT Flashes when a problem develops—Observe gauges and indicator lamps

C Turn Signal Flashes left or right turn lights—Both flash when activating HAZARD switch

D Function Indicates the activated function—Front PTO, MFWD, Differential Lock, HMS,
and Rear PTO—Indicator flashes if a problem exists

E Tachometer Indicates engine speed

F Engine Temperature Indicates the temperature of the engine

G Upper Digital Display Displays tractor hourmeter, front and rear PTO speed, engine speed,
current system voltage, and wheel slip

RX7010,15,8 -19-13OCT98

15-6 090699
PN=27
 Controls and Instruments

KEY ITEM or INDICATOR FUNCTION

H Lower Digital Display Displays tractor ground speed (mph)—Displays gear selected and direction
for tractors with power shift transmission

I Fuel Indicates remaining amount of fuel

J Function Selectors Changes Digital Display functions—(See Changing Display Function)

K Read Operator Manual F1 fuse is blown—(See Service sections)

L Transmission System* PowrQuad—No function

Power Shift—Indicates a problem with the transmission control system or
the tractor is in the “Come-Home” mode

M Transmission Oil Low transmission oil pressure—Stop engine and determine cause
Pressure**

N Engine Oil Pressure** Low engine oil pressure—Stop engine and determine cause

O Hydraulic Oil Hot hydraulic oil—Check oil level or check for plugged oil
Temperature* ** cooler—Stop Engine if oil becomes excessively hot

P High Beam Head Lights Indicates high-beam head lights are activated

Q Transmission Filter Plugged transmission filter—Service as soon as possible—(See

Restriction* Service sections)

R Air Filter Restriction* Restricted air filter—Service as soon as possible—(See Service

sections)

S Hydraulic Filter Plugged hydraulic filter—Service as soon as possible—(See

Restriction* Service sections)

T Voltage* Electrical system voltage is too low or too high

U Hitch System Flashes when the tractor is in the “Come-Home” mode

* SERVICE ALERT INDICATOR flashes

** STOP ENGINE INDICATOR flashes RX7010,15,9 -19-26JUN96

15-7 090699
PN=28
 Controls and Instruments

CHANGING DISPLAY FUNCTIONS

-UN-15JUL96

-UN-15JUL96
RW55989

RW55990
ANALOG INSTRUMENT PANEL DIGITAL INSTRUMENT PANEL

Change display functions using the touch switches on
the left side of the instrument panel.
Engine Speed and Hourmeter
Pressing switch (A) shows engine rpm. Press this
switch for 1-1/2 seconds to display engine hours on
upper display and tenths of a hour on the lower
display.
PTO Speed
Pressing switch (B) displays the rear PTO rpm.
Pressing switch a second time displays front PTO
rpm, if front PTO is engaged. Press switch again to
return to rear PTO speed.
Ground Speed and Wheel Slip
(Tractors WITH RADAR)
NOTE: Dashes are displayed if radar is not sensed.
Pressing wheel-slip switch (C) displays percent of
wheel slip.
Pressing ground-speed switch (D) on the ANALOG
instrument panel displays true ground speed.
Pressing switch a second time will change to a speed
calculated from transmission rpm.
For DIGITAL instrument panel, the lower display
shows true ground speed. Pressing switch (C) a
second time will change lower display to a calculated
speed from transmission rpm, while wheel slip
remains on upper display. To switch back to true
ground speed on the lower display press any other
touch switch.
NOTE: The calculated ground speed does not allow
for wheel slip or variation in tire size.
Voltage
Holding switches (A) and (C) simultaneously will
display current system voltage.
Panel Light Intensity
Instrument panel light intensity can be adjusted with
head lights ON.
Pressing switches (A) and (D) simultaneously on
ANALOG panel or (A) and (B) simultaneously on the
DIGITAL panel will INCREASE the light intensity.
Pressing switches (B) and (C) simultaneously will
DECREASE the intensity.

RX7010,15,10 -19-26JUN96

15-8 090699
PN=29
 Controls and Instruments

For tractors equipped with power shift transmission, the

display will show the gear selected (C) and the direction
(B).

NOTE: The transmission indicator (A) is constantly

-UN-04DEC92
illuminated with the key switch in the ON
position.

The diagnostic fuse indicator (D) is illuminated when a

diagnostic fuse is inserted into the fuse panel. This is

RW22070
used by your John Deere Dealer for diagnostic and
calibration purposes.
DIGITAL INSTRUMENT PANEL
A—Transmission Indicator (PST)
B—Forward-Neutral-Reverse
Indicator (PST)
C—Gear Indicator (PST)
D—Diagnostic Fuse Indicator

RX7010,15,11 -19-26JUN96

CALIBRATING TIRE SIZE—WITH RADAR

NOTE: Calibrating tire size is necessary to obtain

accurate wheel slip percentage. Calibration needs
to be taken on a hard surface with no load.

-UN-15JUL96
Drive tractor straight while pressing and holding wheel
slip switch (A) for five seconds. Display will read “CAL” if
calibrated correctly. Display will read “Err” if not
calibrated correctly.

RW55991
NOTE: Tractor must be moving and radar installed
correctly to insure correct wheel slip calibration. If
an “Err” message continues to be displayed, see
your John Deere Dealer.

RX7010,15,12 -19-11NOV96

15-9 090699
PN=30
 Controls and Instruments
CALIBRATING RADAR—INSTRUMENT PANEL
-UN-15JUL96
RW55992
ANALOG INSTRUMENT PANEL
NOTE: Changing tire size or loading of tractor can
cause angle of radar to change making it
necessary to calibrate the radar system.
Mark a straight-line course of 122 m (400 ft).
Press and hold simultaneously switches (A), (B),
and (C). Software identification is first displayed, then
digital display (D) will flash back and forth between
km/h and MPH with three dashes.
15-10
-UN-15JUL96
RW55993
DIGITAL INSTRUMENT PANEL
Drive tractor at approximately 3.2 km/h (2 mph) and
press switch (A) when crossing the first mark of the
course. A series of numbers will continue to flash
while driving the course.
NOTE: Do not backup if end point is exceeded.
Return to starting point and repeat procedure.
Press switch (A) when crossing the second mark of
the course. “CAL” will be displayed for a few
seconds. When display flashes back and forth
between 122 m and 400 ft, calibration is complete.
RX7010,15,13 -19-26JUN96
090699
PN=31
 Controls and Instruments

PERFORMANCE MONITOR

NOTE: Ignition switch must be in the “ON” position to

operate performance monitor.

-UN-21JUN96
Performance monitor displays information related to
various speeds, area, distance, time and alarm data.

Bargraph (C) displays Row-Trak implement guidance

system performance, wheel slip and monitor backlight

RW55787
intensity.

Area, wheel slip, slip alarm, width, implement indicator,

distance, backlight brightness, and service can be
adjusted or preset.

A radar sensor is required for an accurate calculation of

wheel slip, area covered, distance or speed. Without a
radar sensor, values are estimates based on wheel
speed.

NOTE: An optional implement switch, mounted on

implement, provides accurate acreage count
when implement is raised or lowered. See your
John Deere Dealer.

A—Display Field
B—Indicators
C—Bargraph Display
D—Implement Indicator
E—Touch Pad

-UN-03FEB93
RW21900
RX7010,15,14 -19-18NOV96

15-11 090699
PN=32
 Controls and Instruments

PERFORMANCE MONITOR—DATA ENTRY

MODE

SET-SAVE

Press a switch from the touch pad, to preset or change

values for:

-UN-03FEB93
AREA, % SLIP ALARM, DISTANCE, IMPLEMENT
WIDTH, IMPLEMENT SELECTOR, TIME SINCE LAST
SERVICE, SERVICE INTERVAL, BACKLIGHT
BRIGHTNESS.

RW21901
• Press SET to change the numeric value. Display
field will flash.

• Input a numeric value using touch pads, then

A—Cancel
press SAVE. B—Zero
C—Set-Save
Press CANCEL to restore previous value before pressing
“save”

Press and hold AREA eight seconds to change display

from English to metric units.

RX7010,15,15 -19-26JUN96

15-12 090699
PN=33
 Controls and Instruments

PERFORMANCE MONITOR—OPERATING TOUCH PAD SWITCHES

NOTE: Calculations for AREA and AREA/H are based AREA/H

on implement width and ground speed. Use a
radar sensor for the most accurate values.
AREA
• Press AREA to display accumulated area in
acres or hectares. The implement arrow must
be in the down position to accumulate area.
• Hold ZERO to clear accumulated area.
• Press AREA/H to display the current
measurement for area coverage per hour.
Implement indicator must be in the down position.
WIDTH
• Press WIDTH to display measurement for
implement width.

• Press AREA for eight seconds to select between
English or metric units.
Display will change back to English units once the
ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position.
• Press SET to change implement width.
• Input implement width and press SAVE.
PTO RPM

DISTANCE • Press PTO RPM to display rear PTO speed.

• Press DISTANCE to display distance • Press switch again to display optional front
accumulated in meters or feet. PTO speed.

Distance is accumulated with the implement indicator Front or rear PTO symbols will appear on
in the down position. display field.

Measurement is cleared when the ignition is ZERO

turned off.
• Press “0” for four seconds to reset a numeric
value to zero (0).

RX7010,15,16 -19-26JUN96

15-13 090699
PN=34
 Controls and Instruments

PERFORMANCE MONITOR—OPERATION
AND CALIBRATION

IMPLEMENT

• Press the IMPLEMENT switch to change implement

indicator (C) to the “up” or “down” position.

When the implement indicator arrow points down, all

measurement functions are engaged.

The indicator arrow can be controlled by an optional,

external implement switch. (See your John Deere
Dealer.)

Implement Selector Calibration:

Procedure coordinates the position of the indicator arrow

(C) to the position of the hitch or implement switch.

-UN-03FEB93
• Hold IMPLEMENT switch four seconds to change
the function code (B).

Display will show “IP:” and a function code (3, 7, 8, 9, or

RW21902
32). This number indicates which device is in control of
the implement arrow (C).

“3” hitch position sensor (raise limit setting)

“7” external implement switch or “Implement”
A—Auto-seek
switch on touch pad B—Function Code
“8” rear PTO C—Implement Indicator
“9” front PTO D—Implement Switch
“32” first downward movement automatically selects
which external device will control the
implement indicator arrow. (An “optional”
implement switch or the hitch position sensor.)
The “A” in the display (IP:A ) represents this
auto-seek mode.

NOTE: May need to press implement switch (D) to

change indicator arrow (C).

If the implement switch (D) does not control the

indicator arrow, “7” has not been selected as a
function code.

For applications which use the hitch sensor or

implement switch exclusively, use “3” or “7”.

A “0” or any other number other than the above

will completely shut off the “implement” function.

• Press SET. Input 3, 7, 8, 9. or 32 using touch pad,

then press SAVE.

RX7010,15,17 -19-26JUN96

15-14 090699
PN=35
 Controls and Instruments

PERFORMANCE MONITOR—WHEEL SLIP

Radar must be operational to provide true ground speed.

If true ground speed is not available, “---” will be
displayed.

• Press %SLIP. Bargraph and numeric display will

show current wheel slip.

• Press switch again to display the wheel slip alarm

setting. An alarm symbol will be displayed.

NOTE: Illustration shows current wheel slip (A) is 4%,

with an alarm setting at 6% (B). The alarm
symbol (C) indicates this alarm set mode.

Bargraph flashes when wheel slip exceeds alarm

limit. Each bar on the bargraph represents 2%
wheel slip.

-UN-03FEB93
• Press SET to change alarm value.

• Input alarm setting using touch pad, then

press SAVE.

RW21896
NOTE: Entering “0” as an alarm value will shut off alarm.

Calibration:
A—Bargraph
Drive tractor 8 km/h (5 mph), to calibrate tire size. B—Numeric Display
Wheels must not be slipping. C—Wheel Slip Alarm

• Press the “0” ZERO switch for four seconds.

“CAL” will be displayed during calculation.

NOTE: Wheel and radar speed will be compared and

rolling radius of rear tires calculated and stored.

“Err” will flash on display field if calibration was

not performed correctly. Repeat calibration
procedure.

Display will return to percent slip if calibration was

successful.

RX7010,15,18 -19-11NOV96

15-15 090699
PN=36
 Controls and Instruments

PERFORMANCE MONITOR—VEHICLE
SPEED

• Press SPEED to display actual ground speed (A)

with radar. The tractor must be in motion. The
radar symbol (B) will be displayed.

• Press switch again to display wheel speed (A).

Press switch again to toggle between these modes.

NOTE: True ground speed may be different than wheel

speed. If tractor is not equipped with radar, only
wheel speed will be displayed.

Radar Calibration:

Mark a 122 meter (400 ft) straight-line course (start and

finish lines).

-UN-03FEB93
• Press SPEED switch (C) and DISTANCE (D) for
four seconds. Display field will show “---” and
the “ft” and “m” symbols will flash. The
“implement” arrow should be pointing up.

RW21899
NOTE: SPEED and DISTANCE switches must be
pressed at the same time for correct calibration.

• Drive tractor approximately 3.2 km/h (2 mph). As

the tractor crosses the start-line, press the
IMPLEMENT switch, to point the indicator arrow
to the down position.

• Press the IMPLEMENT switch as you cross the

finish-line to change the arrow to the up position.

Display will alternate between “122 m and 400 ft” when

calibration is successful.

NOTE: “Err” will flash on display if calibration was not

performed correctly. Previous calibration value will
stay in memory.

Press “SPEED” switch to display vehicle speed or

another display.

RX7010,15,19 -19-26JUN96

15-16 090699
PN=37
 Controls and Instruments

PERFORMANCE MONITOR—SERVICE

• Press the SERVICE switch to display hours
accumulated since the last service.
• Press switch again to display the service
interval. An alarm symbol will be displayed.
Press SET to change a service interval. Input desired
service hours (0—999), and press SAVE.
• Press SET to change accumulated hours
back to 0, after the service. Input a (0),
and press SAVE.
NOTE: Accumulated hours can be set at any hour.
Input (0—9999), and press SAVE.

The alarm symbol will flash and a chime will sound

when the accumulated hours reach the service
interval.

NOTE: Pressing any switch on the touch pad will

shut off the alarm until the tractor is started
again.

The alarm feature can be shut off by storing a

“0” in the service interval data. The monitor
will start counting hours beginning at zero.

RX7010,15,20 -19-26JUN96

PERFORMANCE MONITOR—DIM

The “DIM” switch can adjust the backlight intensity of
the performance monitor and the dash display of the
display console (system adjustment).
• Press DIM to display system backlight intensity
for displays in the cab.
• Press DIM switch again to display backlight
setting of the performance monitor. A bell
symbol will be displayed.
NOTE: Backlight intensity will remain at maximum
brightness with headlights in the OFF position.
Headlight switch must be in the “ON” position
to make adjustments.
Ignition key must be left in the “ON” position
for 30 seconds to save new data.

RX7010,15,21 -19-26JUN96

15-17 090699
PN=38
 Controls and Instruments

ADJUSTING BACKLIGHT—
SYSTEM
Adjusts system brightness for ALL displays in the cab.

-UN-03FEB93
• Press DIM switch for four seconds. Numeric
display will show system backlight setting (A)
and bargraph gives a graphical display (B).

Hold switch to increase backlight brightness to maximum

RW21897
intensity. Continuing to hold switch will begin to decrease
brightness.

Release switch at desired setting. To change direction

release switch and hold again.

ALTERNATE ADJUSTMENT

• Press DIM switch, then press SET.

• Input a numeric value (0—100) and press SAVE.

RX7010,15,22 -19-26JUN96

ADJUSTING BACKLIGHT—
PERFORMANCE MONITOR
• Press DIM switch twice. The numeric display
will show the backlight setting of the performance

-UN-03FEB93
monitor (A). A bell symbol (B) will be displayed.

NOTE: System backlight intensity remains displayed on

the bargraph (C).

RW21898
• Press SET and input a numeric value (0—255).

Backlight intensity can be adjusted brighter (100—255) or

dimmer (0—100) than instrument panel display.

• Press SAVE. Backlight intensity will adjust.

Hold “0” ZERO to turn “ON” or “OFF” the performance

monitor backlight.

RX7010,15,23 -19-26JUN96

15-18 090699
PN=39
 Lights
OPERATING LIGHTS—OPEN STATION

N CAUTION: Avoid injury caused by accidental

collision with another vehicle. Comply with
traffic regulations when driving tractor on a

-UN-03DEC93
road. Avoid using flood lights which could
blind or confuse other drivers.

Light switch (A) has three positions and operates

regardless of the key position.

RW55133
OFF POSITION

Turns off all lights

HAZARD POSITION

Hazard Lights

ROAD POSITION 1

-UN-21JUN96
Hazard Lights
Tail Lights
Head Lights

FIELD POSITION 2

RW55816
Head Lights
Flood Lights
Front Wrap-Around Lights
A—Light Switch
B—Hazard Light Position
C—Road Position
D—Field Position
E—Head Lights
F—Front Wrap-Around Light
G—Rear Flood Light
H—Hazard Lights/Tail Lights
I—Front Floods

RX7010,20,1 -19-21JUN96

20-1 090699
PN=40
 Lights

OPERATING LIGHTS—CAB TRACTORS

N CAUTION: Avoid injury caused by accidental

collision with another vehicle. Always comply
with traffic regulations when driving tractor on

-UN-21AUG92
a road. Dim headlights to low-beam for
oncoming vehicles. Avoid using flood lights
which could blind or confuse other drivers.

The light switch (A) has three positions and operates

RW21833
regardless of the key position.

OFF POSITION—

Turns off all lights

ROAD POSITION—(B)

-UN-21JUN96
High and Low Beam Head Lights
Amber Warning Lights
Tail Lights

FIELD POSITION 1—(C)

RW55814
Low Beam Position:
Low Beam Head Lights
Front Belt-Line Floods
Rear Fender Floods
Front Wrap-Around Lights

High Beam Position:

-UN-21JUN96
High Beam Head Lights
Front Belt-Line Floods
Rear Fender Floods
Rear Roof Flood Lights
Front Wrap-Around Lights

RW55815
FIELD POSITION 2—(D)

Low Beam Position:

Low Beam Head Lights A—Light Switch
Front Roof Flood Lights B—Road Position
Rear Fender Floods C—Field Position 1
Front Wrap-Around Lights D—Field Position 2
E—Amber Warning Lights
F—Roof Flood Lights
High Beam Position: * G—Front Belt-Line Flood Lights
High Beam Head Lights H—Head Lights
Front Roof Flood Lights I—Front Wrap-Around Lights
Front Belt-Line Floods J—Rear Flood Lights
K—Red Tail Lights
Rear Fender Floods
Rear Roof Flood Lights
Front Wrap-Around Lights

* All Field Lights ON RX7010NA,20,1A -19-07JUN99

20-2 090699
PN=41
 Lights

OPERATING HAZARD LIGHT—

CAB TRACTORS
Push top of switch (A) to activate lights.

-UN-21JUN96
Turn signals operate as hazard lights regardless of key
position.

RW55732
RX7010,20,2 -19-21JUN96

OPERATING TURN SIGNALS, HORN, AND

HEAD LIGHTS

Push lever (A) up for a right turn, or pull down for a left
turn. Return lever to center position after completing turn.

-UN-21JUN96
Push inward on end of lever (A) or push button (D) to
activate horn.

Cab Tractors:

RW55768
Push lever (A) forward to activate high beam head lights.
Pull lever into center position to operate low beam. Cab Tractors
Pull lever toward you and release to flash high beam.

Open Station:

Turn knob (B) to select head-light operation. Push switch

(C) to activate high beam head lights.

-UN-21JUN96
Dim headlights for oncoming vehicles. Adjust headlights
correctly. (See Service/As Required Section.)

RW55769
Open Station
RX7010,20,3 -19-21JUN96

20-3 090699
PN=42
 Lights

EXTREMITY TRANSPORT WARNING LIGHTS

N CAUTION: Extremity warning lights (A) are

needed when tractor width exceeds
3.7 m (12 ft). Always use road lights and
transport warning lights when operating tractor
on a road or highway at night or during the
day. Extremity warning lights alert other

-UN-23DEC98
vehicles of your extended tractor width. Hazard
switch used alone is for a disabled vehicle
condition.

IMPORTANT: Extremity warning lights must be

RW90132
adjusted so each light is no more than
400 mm (16 in.) from widest point of
tractor.

To avoid damage, extremity warning

lights may be retracted for single tire
operation, for operation in brushy
conditions, or when parking vehicle in
storage building.

Extremity warning lights (A) operate with hazard switch

ON or light switch in road position and are also activated
when turn signals are used.

NOTE: Extremity warning lights for open station tractors

have a three-position bracket.

Adjust extremity warning lights to a position

perpendicular to the tractor.

RX7010NA,20,2A -19-07JUN99

20-4 090699
PN=43
 Lights

SEVEN-TERMINAL OUTLET

Outlet (A) is used to connect lights, turn signals, and

remote electrical equipment on trailers or implements.
Always use auxiliary light on towed implement when

-UN-26JUN98
tractor rear signals and other lights are obscured.

NOTE: Matching plug is available through your John

Deere Dealer.

RW56586
Terminal Function

1 Ground
2 Flood Light
3 Left Turn
4 Accessory
5 Right Turn
6 Tail Light
7 Accessory

-UN-17JUN92
RW21249
RX7010NA,20,3A -19-07JUN99

20-5 090699
PN=44
 Operator Station
ADJUSTING AIR SUSPENSION SEAT

Weight and Height Adjustment

Turn key switch on. Press switch (A) to raise or lower

-UN-03JUN92
the seat. Each operator of different weight and height
should:

• Lower seat (release pressure from air suspension).

RW19766
• Raise the seat to adjust for individual weight and
height.

Fore-Aft Seat Position

Pull up on handle (B) to allow the seat to slide forward

or backward.

-UN-03JUN92
Fore-Aft Attenuator Lock

Lever (E) controls forward and backward movement.

Push down on lever to lock seat in forward or rearward
position.

RW19767
Seat Swivel

Lift up on handle (D) to swivel in either direction and

lock into the closest detent. Pulling up firmly on handle A—Height Adjustment
to release position allows seat to swivel freely. B—Fore-Aft Adjustment
C—Lateral Attenuator Lock
D—Seat Swivel
Lateral Attenuator Lock
E—Fore-Aft Attenuator Lock
F—Damping Lever
Pulling up on handle (C) allows the seat sideways
movement. Push handle down to lock lateral movement.

Damping

Lever (F) can be set to three positions for desired

comfort. Move lever rearward (+) to firm the ride, and
forward (—) to soften the ride.

Backrest Angle and Lumbar Support

Backrest angle is changed by raising or lowering the

control lever located at the rear of the right armrest.

Lumbar support is changed by a control lever on the

right side in the seat back.

RX7000,25,1 -19-31MAR95

25-1 090699
PN=45
 Operator Station

ADJUSTING MECHANICAL SUSPENSION

SEAT

Height Adjustment

-UN-04DEC92
Lift seat pan (A) to desired height. To reset the seat
stop, lift seat to the highest position and lower seat.

Weight Adjustment

RW21870
Turn knob (B) to adjust seat for desired comfort.
Indicator (C) shows weight adjustment.

Fore-Aft Seat Position

Move lever (D) to adjust seat cushion forward or

rearward. Lever will lock seat at desired position.

RX7000,25,2 -19-15JAN93

OPERATOR PRESENCE SENSOR

The sensor is located in the seat cushion. If the NOTE: PTO does not disengage while operator is
operator leaves the seat with the PTO engaged, a absent from the seat.
warning will sound and indicator light will flash.

RX7000,25,3 -19-15JAN93

25-2 090699
PN=46
 Operator Station

POSITIONING STEPS

Steps (A) can be positioned toward tractor frame or

away from tractor frame.

Loosen bolts (B) to change position.

-UN-13OCT98
RW56656
-UN-03DEC93
RW55152
RX7000,25,3A -19-13OCT98

STEP REMOVAL

Bottom step can be removed, if required, for crop

clearance. -UN-13OCT98

Remove bottom step with side brackets (A).

Remove center step (B) and install in lowest position (C).

NOTE: Right side steps can be removed in same

RW56657

manner, if equipped.

RX7000,25,3B -19-13OCT98

25-3 090699
PN=47
 Operator Station

CONTROLLING AIR FLOW

Turn knob (A) to direct air flow between the front

console, floor, and defroster air ducts.

-UN-21JUN96
A—Air Flow Knob
B—Defrost
C—Lower Vents
D—Upper and Lower Vents
E—Upper Vents

RW55775
RX7010,25,1 -19-21JUN96

ADJUSTING BLOWER SPEED

Turn knob (A) to desired blower speed.

NOTE: The purge position is designed to exhaust hot air

-UN-21JUN96
rapidly from the cab.

The pressurization blower operates whenever the blower

switch is in the ON position.

RW55776
A—Blower Knob
B—Off
C—Low
D—Medium
E—High
F—Purge

RX7010,25,2 -19-21JUN96

CONTROLLING TEMPERATURE

Blower knob (A) and air conditioning switch (C) must be

in the ON position before the air conditioning system will
operate.
-UN-21JUN96
Knob (B) controls the heater and defroster temperature.

Put switch (C) in the ON position to defog the windows,

and adjust knob (B) to desired temperature.
RW55777

RX7010,25,3 -19-21JUN96

25-4 090699
PN=48
 Operator Station

OPERATING WINDSHIELD WIPER

Rotate switch (A) to activate four wiper positions:

• Off • Slow

-UN-21JUN96
• Intermittent • Fast

Push end of switch toward the steering column to

operate optional windshield washer.

RW55781
Fill washer reservoir (B) at left-rear of tractor cab. Use
non-freezing solvent to prevent damage to washer
system in cold temperatures.

Push switch (C) to operate optional rear washer and

wiper.

-UN-21JUN96

-UN-21JUN96
RW55782

RW55783
RX7010,25,4 -19-10JUL96

ADJUSTING STEERING WHEEL

Telescope

Rotate knob (A) counter-clockwise to extend or retract

-UN-21JUN96
the steering wheel. Rotate knob clockwise to lock.

Tilt

Pull up on lever (B) and move the steering column to the

RW55780
desired position. Release lever to lock.

RX7010,25,5 -19-21JUN96

RADIO CONTROLS

A—On-Off-Volume H—RCL
Control I—Set
-UN-21AUG92

B—Left-Right Balance J—Tune

C—Front-Rear Fade K—Frequency Presets
D—Treble Control L—Cassette Eject *
E—Bass Control M—Fast Forward *
F—Seek Fast Reverse
G—Band N—Cassette Insert *
RW22051

* Optional Cassette Tape Player RX7000,25,10 -19-19JAN93

25-5 090699
PN=49
 Operator Station

OPERATING THE RADIO

Press the BAND button (A) to select the desired AM,

FM, or Weather Band.

-UN-21AUG92
Press the manual TUNE (C) or the SEEK button (B) to
locate a desired station.

NOTE: The SEEK button (B) will automatically search for

the next available station. Another station will be

RW22053
found each time the SEEK button is pressed.

Press the SET button (D). The station frequency will

flash for FIVE seconds or until the preset button is
pushed. A—Band
B—Seek
C—Tune
Press one of the five PRESET buttons (E) to establish
D—Set
the preset for that station. The radio will now return to E—Preset Buttons
that frequency each time the preset is pressed and
released.

NOTE: A total of fifteen stations can be preset—five AM,

five FM, and five WX (Weather Band).

RX7000,25,11 -19-19JAN93

OPERATING THE CLOCK

Press the RCL button (A) if time is not displayed.

Press and hold the SET button (B) and TUNE down

-UN-21AUG92
button (C) at the same time, until the correct HOUR
appears.

Press and hold the SET button (B) and TUNE down
button (D) at the same time, until the correct MINUTE

RW22052
appears.

A—RCL
B—Set
C—Down
D—Up

RX7000,25,12 -19-19JAN93

25-6 090699
PN=50
 Operator Station

OPERATING THE CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER

—OPTIONAL

Insert a cassette tape into the door (A) with the raised
portion of the cassette to the right.

-UN-21AUG92
NOTE: The arrow displays the tape direction.

Press direction buttons (B) to change the tape direction.

RW22054
Fast forward the tape by pressing the right arrow button.
Lightly press the other arrow button to cancel and return
to playing the tape.

Fast reverse the tape by pressing the left arrow button.

Lightly press the other arrow button to cancel and return
to playing the tape.

Press the EJT button (C) to eject the cassette tape. The
radio becomes operative when the tape is ejected.

NOTE: Clean the cassette player tape head every

20—30 hours.

During cold weather operation, allow cab

temperature to warm before playing cassette
tapes. Remove tapes before leaving the tractor.

RX7000,25,13 -19-15AUG96

25-7 090699
PN=51
 Operator Station

INSTALLING MOBILE RADIO AND ANTENNA

-UN-21JUN96
-UN-08JUL96
RW55860

N CAUTION: Under no circumstances should
mobile radio antenna be mounted to rear of
cab or antenna cable be routed near
harness for electrical system controllers or
near operator controls. Failure to follow
these precautions could expose operator to
radio frequency energy levels higher than
recommended by American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) and/or could
cause undesirable performance of
electronically controlled systems.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible interference of
tractor electronics by keeping radio,
power and antenna cables close to
the cab roof.
RW55861
N CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury.
Disconnect battery ground cable before any
electrical repair.
Remove fuse and relay covers (see Replace Fuses
and Relays in Service/As Required Section). Find
terminal block, located below relays, and connect
mobile radio power harness and ground wire.
Remove left rear post upholstery and route wiring up
post, securing with electrical tape, to inner roof
upholstery in location of speaker. Minimize the length
of wire used to power the radio to prevent potential
interference with the tractor electronics. *
NOTE: Power for the radio includes three
wires—switched, unswitched, and ground.

Install radio on the upper two studs of left-rear cab
post.
Install the antenna mount in a hole drilled 178 mm
(7 in.) diagonally in from left-front corner on top of
cab roof. * Remove rain cap (A) and attach
non-ground plane type antenna to the mount.
Route the antenna cable (B) and power with ground
wire (C) from above the inner roof to inside the cab
by left rear cab post.
Install all upholstery and covers after the mobile radio
cable and wires are routed.

IMPORTANT: Weld a braided cable to the antenna

base to ground the steel cab frame
for antenna requiring a ground.

NOTE: Antenna should be trimmed to appropriate

variable standing wave ratio (VSWR). A
professional installer is recommended.

Route the antenna cable to the left side through the

hole in the black inner roof which is provided for
wiring harnesses. *

* Not needed with antenna and wiring option RX7010,25,6 -19-21JUN96

25-8 090699
PN=52
 Operator Station

ACCESSORY ELECTRICAL OUTLET

The 12-volt outlet (A) is used when connecting auxiliary

equipment. An additional electrical outlet may be installed
on the front-lower portion of the console. This option is

-UN-04DEC92
available from your John Deere Dealer.

NOTE: Outlet is protected by a 30-amp fuse. The key

switch must be in the ON or ACCESSORY
position when using the outlet.

RW22076
RX7000,25,14 -19-19JAN93

AUXILIARY POWER STRIP—OPTIONAL

IMPORTANT: Power strip is not a surge suppressor.

Electrical equipment with program
memory or capacity for data storage

-UN-21JUN96
requires protection from damage of
electrical surges and spikes which
could occur in system without transient
voltage protection.

RW55858
The power strip (A) provides six outlets, with 30-amp
switched and 30-amp unswitched 12-volt power with
ground, to use when connecting auxiliary equipment.

Adapters plug directly into power strip as unswitched

power. To change to switched power on cigar lighter
adapter or standard adapter (with three wires), remove
small tab at end of slot on plug and rotate plug 180˚.

NOTE: After tab has been removed, a small white dot on

adapter plug face can be used to indicate
whether plug is in switched or unswitched
position. If dot is facing power strip cap (can’t be
seen), circuit is unswitched. If dot is opposite cap
hinge side (visible), circuit is switched.

Adapters, including cigar lighter adapter, 3-way

convenience adapter, and standard adapter, are available
from your John Deere Dealer.

RX7010,25,7 -19-24JUN96

25-9 090699
PN=53
 Operating the Engine
DO NOT MODIFY FUEL SYSTEM

IMPORTANT: Modification or alteration of the Do not attempt to service injection

injection pump, the injection pump pump or fuel injectors. Special
timing, or the fuel injectors will training and special tools are
terminate the warranty to the required. See your John Deere
purchaser. (See warranty information Dealer.
inside front cover.)

RX7000,125,3 -19-06APR95

ENGINE CERTIFICATION/POWER RATING

The kW (hp) rating on the engine emissions certification

label specifies the gross engine kW (hp), which is
flywheel power without fan. In most applications this will
not be the same rating as the advertised tractor kW (hp)
rating. (See Specifications Section.)

RX8000,35,1A -19-03JUL97

PRE-STARTING CHECKS

Service the tractor as described in the Service

Sections.

• Engine Oil Level • 2WD Front Wheel Bearings and Axle Pivot*
• Water Separator, if equipped • 2WD Steering Spindles/Cylinder Ends*
• Coolant Level • 2WD Tie Rods*
• Transmission-Hydraulic Oil Level • MFWD Kingpins and Axle Pivot*
• Rear Axle Bearings* • MFWD Tie Rods*
• Tires • Front PTO shaft, if equipped*

* Only necessary when operating in extremely wet and muddy

conditions RX7000,35,1 -19-14DEC95

30-1 090699
PN=54
 Operating the Engine
STARTING THE ENGINE
N CAUTION: Avoid the possibility of personal
injury or death:
• Start engine ONLY from the operator seat.
NEVER start engine while standing on
ground.
• Do not start engine by shorting across
starter terminals. Tractor will start in gear if
normal circuitry is bypassed.
Put transmission only in the PARK or NEUTRAL
position and reverser lever in NEUTRAL, if equipped.
Make sure SCV levers are in the NEUTRAL position
and PTO is disengaged.
Pull hand throttle all the way back to the slow idle
position.
Turn key switch to engage starter and release key
when engine starts.
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the starter, do
not operate more than 30 seconds.
If engine does not start, wait at least
two minutes before trying again.
30-2
Use cold weather starting aids at temperatures below
5˚C (40˚F), if necessary.
• Engine Warm-up
Do not put the tractor under full load until engine is
warmed up. To assure adequate lubrication, operate
engine at approximately 850 rpm with no load for one
to two minutes. Extend this period when operating at
temperatures below freezing.
• Engine Load
Rated continuous power is obtained at 2100 rpm.
Working speeds down to 1500 rpm are suitable at
reduced throttle.
Under full throttle and full load conditions, engine
should not run continuously below 1800 rpm.
• Idling Engine
Avoid unnecessary engine idling. Minimum engine
speed should be 1200 rpm, if engine must idle more
than three or four minutes.
RX7010,35,1 -19-04DEC97
090699
PN=55
 Operating the Engine

N CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death from

tractor runaway. If the engine starts with the
shift lever in gear, there is a malfunction of the
starting circuit. Repairs should be made
immediately by your John Deere Dealer.

-UN-27OCT97
The engine should only start with the transmission lever
in the PARK (A) or NEUTRAL (B) position and with
left-hand reverser lever in NEUTRAL, if equipped. If
engine starts with transmission in gear, lever will have to

RW56460
be returned to NEUTRAL before transmission will
operate.

NOTE: If transmission lever is moved too quickly to a

gear during initial startup, the transmission will
not operate. Move the lever to the NEUTRAL
position to allow the transmission to operate.

RX7010,35,2 -19-20OCT97

RESTARTING STALLED ENGINE

Restart stalled engine IMMEDIATELY to prevent

excessive heat buildup. Continue with normal operation
or operate at 1000—1200 rpm for 1 or 2 minutes before
stopping.

RX8000,35,4A -19-24NOV95

30-3 090699
PN=56
 Operating the Engine

STOPPING THE ENGINE

IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has 3. Lower all equipment to the ground.
been operating at working load, idle
engine at least 1 or 2 minutes at 4. Make sure SCV levers are in the NEUTRAL
1000—1200 rpm to cool hot engine position and PTO switch is disengaged.

N
parts.
CAUTION: Remove ignition switch key to
1. Stop tractor and pull throttle back to slow idle prevent accidents.
position.
5. Turn switch off and remove key.
2. Put shift lever in PARK position before
dismounting.

RX8000,35,4B -19-27NOV95

COLD WEATHER STARTING—7610

THERMOSTART (ELECTRIC)

N CAUTION: Avoid bodily injury. Never use

starting fluid when starting the engine with an

-UN-21JUN96
electric starting aid.

NOTE: The electric starting aid may be necessary for

temperatures below 5˚C (40˚F).

RW55786
Observe cautions and starting procedure. (See Starting
the Engine.)

Pull hand throttle all the way back to the slow idle
position.

Turn key switch (A) to the ON position. Push the key

switch in and hold for 30 seconds to activate the heating
element. Start engine. If engine fails to start after 5
seconds of cranking, try heating procedure again.

NOTE: Electric starting aid will not be activated while

engine is cranking.

Allow engine to idle at approximately 850 rpm, with no

load for two to four minutes.

RX7010,35,3 -19-02APR98

30-4 090699
PN=57
 Operating the Engine
COLD WEATHER STARTING WITH ETHER—7710 AND 7810
N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury and
damage to the engine. Inject fluid only while
engine is turning. Starting fluid is highly
flammable. Follow safety information on the
container. Do not carry empty or extra ether
cans inside cab.
NOTE: The ether starting aid is used for
temperatures below 5˚C (40˚F).
Observe cautions and starting procedure. (See
Starting the Engine.)
Turn key switch to the START engine. After engine
begins turning, press ether switch (A) to inject starting
fluid. Release the key after engine starts.
NOTE: If starter will not crank the engine or cranks
the engine too slowly, see Troubleshooting
Section.
30-5
-UN-21JUN96
RW55788
Hold ether switch for two or three seconds after
engine starts if temperature is below -12˚C (20˚F).
Repeat this step until engine runs without faltering.
IMPORTANT: To assure adequate lubrication, idle
engine at approximately 1200 rpm
with no load for one to two minutes.
Extend this period when operating
at temperatures below freezing.
DO NOT operate tractor with
excessive dirt in radiator or grille
screens. Excessive air restriction
could damage viscous fan drive.
RX7010,35,4 -19-21JUN96
090699
PN=58
 Operating the Engine

CHANGING STARTING FLUID CANS

N CAUTION: Starting fluid is highly flammable.

Do not use near fire, sparks, or flames. Read
the caution information on the container.

-UN-21JUN96
Protect container against damage. Do not carry
extra or empty ether cans inside cab.

1. Remove either front side shield to access canister (A).

RW55771
2. Remove safety cap and plastic spray nozzle from new
can.

3. Loosen canister to remove old can.

4. Install new can and tighten canister.

IMPORTANT: To avoid drawing dust into engine,

always keep a starting fluid can in
position or clean bottom of canister
and install bottom side up.

RX7010,35,5 -19-21JUN96

30-6 090699
PN=59
 Operating the Engine

USING AUXILIARY HEATERS

N CAUTION: To avoid electrical shock or fire, use

a 3-wire, 14 AWG (14 gauge), heavy-duty
electrical cord with 15-amp rating, suitable for
outdoor use. Always plug electrical cord into a
120-volt outlet protected by GFI (ground fault
interrupter).

-UN-11FEB97
NOTE: Auxiliary heaters are used for temperatures below
-22˚C (-7˚F).

Auxiliary heaters are available from your John Deere

RW56293
Dealer:

• Engine Coolant (1000 W)—standard

• Transmission (200 W) and Hydraulic Charge
Pump (200W)—optional *

Connect the heaters and the ground fault interrupter to a

ground fault protected 120-volt electrical outlet.

IMPORTANT: The ground fault interrupter on the

tractor protects the tractor only and
does not protect electrical wiring
supplying power to the tractor. Test all
ground fault interrupters before each
use.

* Includes a ground fault interrupter RX7010,35,6 -19-06JUL98

30-7 090699
PN=60
 Operating the Engine

USING A BOOSTER BATTERY

N CAUTION: Gas given off by batteries is

explosive. Keep sparks and flames away from
batteries. Make last connection and first

-UN-11FEB97
disconnection at a point away from booster
batteries.

IMPORTANT: Be sure polarity is correct before

making connections. Reversed polarity

RW56292
will damage electrical system or
possibly cause an explosion of a
battery.

1. Attach one cable (red) to the remote positive terminal

(A) of the starter and positive terminal of booster battery.

2. Attach the second (black) battery cable to negative

terminal of booster battery. Attach other end to the
remote ground terminal (B) of tractor.

3. To disconnect, remove ground cable (B) first.

RX7010,35,7 -19-11FEB97

30-8 090699
PN=61
 Operating the Tractor
USING FOLDABLE ROPS

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or death.

Keep foldable ROPS in the fully extended and
locked position. If the tractor is operated with

-UN-23AUG88
ROPS folded, drive with extreme caution. DO
NOT use seat belt with the ROPS folded.

Return the ROPS to the locked raised position

under normal operating conditions and always
fasten your seat belt.

TS205
The protection offered by ROPS will be
impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn, or is
altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.
A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not
reused.

-UN-04DEC92
Remove retaining pin (A) and pin (B) on both sides of
ROPS.

Pull ROPS handle (C) and turn upper half of ROPS up.

RW21871
Secure ROPS with pin (B) and retaining pin (A) on both
sides.

-UN-04DEC92
RW21872
RX7010,40,1 -19-21JUN96

35-1 090699
PN=62
 Operating the Tractor

AVOID CONTACT WITH PESTICIDES

N CAUTION: This enclosed cab does not protect

against inhaling harmful pesticides.

-UN-23AUG88
1. When operating in an environment where harmful
pesticides are present, wear a long-sleeved shirt,
long-legged pants, shoes, and socks.

2. If pesticide use instructions require respiratory

protection, wear an appropriate respirator inside the cab.

TS220
3. Wear personal protective equipment as required by
the pesticide use instructions when leaving the enclosed
cab:

• into a treated area,

-UN-23AUG88
• to work with contaminated application equipment such
as nozzles which must be cleaned, changed, or
redirected.

• to become involved with mixing and loading activities.

TS272
4. Before re-entering the cab, remove protective
equipment and store either outside the cab in a closed
box or some other type of sealable container or inside
the cab in a pesticide resistant container, such as a
plastic bag.

5. Clean your shoes or boots to remove soil or other

contaminated particles prior to entering the cab.

DX,CABS1 -19-03MAR93

35-2 090699
PN=63
 Operating the Tractor

CLEAN TRACTOR OF HAZARDOUS PESTICIDES

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Clean

inside of cab and outside of tractor after
application of hazardous pesticides.
2. Clean headliners and inside cowlings of cab.

3. Wash entire exterior of vehicle.

Pesticide residue can build up.
4. Dispose of any wash water with hazardous
Clean exterior and interior of tractor daily to prevent concentrations of active or non-active ingredients
contamination: according to published regulations or directives.

1. Sweep or vacuum the floor of cab.

RX7000,40,1 -19-26JAN93

35-3 090699
PN=64
 Operating the Tractor

OPERATING TRANSMISSION

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or damage

to the tractor. If the engine starts with the
shift lever in gear, there is a malfunction of
the starting circuit. Repair should be made
immediately by your John Deere Dealer.
• Power Shift transmission provides 19 forward and
7 reverse speeds. One lever control—provides
on-the-go full powershifts for all forward and reverse
gears without using the clutch; power-shiftable
forward/reverse shuttle shifting for loader operation.

Always place shift lever in PARK before OPERATION

dismounting.
Starting engine:
IMPORTANT: Prevent transmission or clutch
damage: Move gear-shift lever to only the PARK or NEUTRAL
position. Start engine.
• Never rest foot on the clutch
pedal while tractor is moving Stopping engine:

• Do not allow tractor to coast by • PowrQuad transmission—depress brake pedals

disengaging clutch or shifting
transmission into neutral
• Never attempt to start tractor by
towing or pushing
• Always stop tractor completely
before shifting transmission
to PARK position
until tractor motion stops. Move right-hand reverser
lever to PARK, move range-shift lever to NEUTRAL,
and slowly release brakes. Stop engine. Be sure park
is engaged before dismounting.
• Power Shift transmission—depress brake pedals
until tractor motion stops. Move speed-shift lever to
PARK and slowly release brakes. Stop engine. Be
sure park is engaged before dismounting.

• Avoid excessive ballast Optimum engine speed is 1500—2100 rpm in normal

working conditions. Using a higher gear and lower
• Avoid continuous operation engine speed for light load operation saves fuel and
under full throttle and full reduces wear. Under full load conditions, use full
load conditions below 1800 rpm throttle engine speed.

DESCRIPTION See Ground Speed charts in the Specification

Section.
Two transmission options are available to match
operator needs:

• PowrQuad (30K) transmission provides 16 forward

and 16 reverse speeds; PowrQuad (40K) transmission
provides 20 forward and 20 reverse speeds. Three
lever control—right-hand reverser lever shifts from
PARK to forward or reverse with power-shiftable
forward/reverse shuttle shifting for loader operation.
Speed lever provides four power-shiftable gears to
shift up or down without using the clutch. Range lever
provides four or five fully synchronized ranges that
are shiftable on-the-go.

RX7000,40,2 -19-06JUL98

35-4 090699
PN=65
 Operating the Tractor

SELECTING GEAR

-UN-27OCT97

-UN-21JUN96
RW56462

RW55735
PowerQuad Power Shift

The PowrQuad transmission has four or five speed
ranges which can be selected by the range-shift lever
(C). There are four forward and reverse gears in
each range. Use the clutch when shifting from one
range to another.
Move speed lever (D) for four power-shiftable gears
without using the clutch.
Move right-hand reverser lever (A) from PARK to
forward for forward operation, and pull the lever back
for reverse operation. Gear shift lever can be shuttle
shifted from forward to reverse without using the
clutch.
The Power Shift transmission has electronically
controlled, modulated shifting through all forward and
reverse gears to provide 19 forward and 7 reverse
speeds.
Move gear-shift lever (A) forward for forward
operation, and pull the lever back for reverse
operation. Gear shift lever can be shuttle shifted from
forward to reverse without using the clutch. Shift lever
lockouts (B) can be positioned for shifting to a
specific gear. (See Shifting Power Shift Transmission
in this section.)

NOTE: PowrQuad transmission will not operate if shift

lever (A) is moved too quickly after starting
engine. Return shift lever to NEUTRAL.

Operate the clutch when working in a confined area

or making an emergency stop.

RX7010,40,2 -19-08JUL98

35-5 090699
PN=66
 Operating the Tractor
SHIFTING POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION
There is a problem in transmission system if
transmission indicator comes on and/or transmission
shifts to neutral. Problems may be caused by:
• Riding the clutch pedal
• Holding shift lever between neutral
and first gear
• Attempting to start engine with lever
in gear
• Operating tractor in temperatures
below —10˚C (14˚F)
Reset transmission by fully engaging clutch pedal
and/or moving shift lever to neutral.
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
Cold oil, 0˚C (32˚F), can affect shifting quality. Below
—10˚C (14˚F) shifting may be delayed along with
slow hydraulics and hard steering.
IMPORTANT: Some gears are blocked for
transmission protection at
temperatures below —10˚C (14˚F).
Operator will not have even-numbered shifts for three
to four minutes after start-up and transmission gear
indicator will flash when temperatures are below
—10˚C (14˚F). Normal operation will return when oil
is warmed above this temperature.
SHIFTING CHARACTERISTICS
• Shifting does not begin until shift lever
movement stops. Use shift stops for
loader-type shuttle shifting.
• Shifting to desired gear from unwanted gear
(while shifting) can be completed by shifting
to desired gear within 1.5 seconds; if shift
lever stops or pauses longer than 1.5 seconds
in a gear different than desired gear,
transmission will shift to that gear first,
then shift sequentially to last selected gear
• Tractor coasts in original direction until shift
lever reaches selected gear during shuttle shift
* Tractor stopped or moving less than 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
** Tractor moving more than 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph)
35-6
SHIFTING—WITHOUT USING CLUTCH PEDAL
Gear-to-Gear — Transmission will sequentially
shift up or down to selected gear
Neutral-to-Gear * — Transmission will modulate
directly to gear selected up to 11F or 6R,
then sequentially shift to higher gear
Neutral-to-Gear ** — Transmission will shift to
a gear matching ground speed then to
selected gear to maintain smooth shifting
Shuttle Shifting (Direction Change) ** —
Transmission will modulate directly to gear
selected up to 11F or 6R, then sequentially
shift to higher gear
SHIFTING—USING CLUTCH PEDAL
IMPORTANT: Clutch pedal must be fully
depressed to completely disengage
clutch for transmission to operate
correctly.
Shifting (speed less than 1 km/h (1 mph) —
Shift is non-modulated directly to gear
selected
NOTE: Gear-to-Gear shifting listed below is for tractor
speeds more than 1 km/h (1 mph).
Gear-to-Gear (Up-Shifting) —
Transmission will automatically modulate
to gear. If pedal engagement is over four
seconds, modulation can be controlled with
clutch pedal
Gear-to-Gear (Down-Shifting) —
Transmission will shift to gear matching
ground speed and then shift sequentially
to gear selected as clutch pedal is
re-engaged
RX7000,40,3 -19-06APR95
090699
PN=67
 Operating the Tractor

POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION ENABLING

MODE

The enabling mode provides limited transmission

function, in case of malfunction.

-UN-14JUL92
Remove console ring and side panel to access wiring.

Disconnect wiring harness (A) and (B) from power shift

control unit. Disconnect enabling wiring harness (C) and

RW21289
(D).

Plug wiring harness (A) into (C). This enables the use of
two gears (ninth gear forward and fourth gear reverse).
Engaging the clutch is necessary for operation.

RX7000,40,4 -19-21JUN96

OPERATING CREEPER—IF EQUIPPED

IMPORTANT: Avoid operating creeper in D or E

range, or with ground engaging
equipment requiring high horsepower.

-UN-11AUG98
Mechanical failure may result.

Operate the creeper in A, B, or C ranges for extreme

slow speed.

RW56628
Stop tractor to engage or disengage creeper.

Press clutch pedal and move creeper lever (A) forward

to engage creeper.

RX7010,40,3 -19-10AUG98

35-7 090699
PN=68
 Operating the Tractor
OPERATING HEADLAND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HMS)—OPTIONAL
A—Raise/Lower Switch
When using HMS, the differential lock, MFWD (AUTO
position), and rear PTO can be selected singly or
together to switch on or off automatically when using
raise/lower switch (B).
Select differential lock, MFWD and/or rear PTO as
necessary. Activate the system by pressing HMS
switch (A). A “beep” will sound and the indicator
lights will start to flash slowly.
Before turning at the end of the field, push hitch
raise/lower switch. The differential lock will stop
immediately, the rear PTO will stop after hitch has
raised 10 percent of lift travel, and MFWD will stop
when implement reaches maximum height. The
indicator lights will start flashing quickly.
When implement is lowered again, the differential lock
and MFWD will be activated immediately (indicator
lights will change from flashing quickly to flashing
slowly). For safety reasons, the rear PTO must be
switched on manually.
35-8
-UN-08JUL96
RW55892
B—HMS Switch
To shut off HMS automatic mode, press HMS switch
again. A “beep” will sound and the indicator lights will
change from flashing to a continuous glow.
NOTE: The maximum use of the HMS is described
above. However, including only one or two
functions in the HMS mode is possible.
Functions included in the HMS mode can be
switched off at any time (to avoid wasting
time starting up rear PTO, it can be left
running, while in use). To do this, shut off
HMS, shut off any function(s) that are not
required, and switch on HMS again.
MFWD can be set for continuous operation at
any time, regardless of the HMS mode (for
example, turning at the end of a steep, wet
field). Move MFWD switch from AUTO
position to “ON” position.
RX7010E,35,1A -19-08JUN99
090699
PN=69
 Operating the Tractor

OPERATING POWRQUAD WITH LEFT-HAND

REVERSER LEVER

The PowrQuad transmission with reverser offers a three

lever shift pattern:

-UN-21JUN96
The range-shift lever (B) is used to select one of four
ranges or PARK position.

• Use the clutch to move from one range to another or

RW55779
to and from the PARK position.

Gear-shift lever (A) is used to select the desired speed.

• Move lever for full power shifts within each range

(1—4, forward and reverse).

Forward/Reverse shuttle lever (C) provides:

-UN-27OCT97
• Fully modulated shuttle shift capability between
forward and reverse.

• Neutral position is detented so lever cannot be

RW56468
inadvertently bumped into gear. Pull shuttle lever
toward operator, then upward to move forward. Move
lever downward for reverse.

• Forward/Reverse shuttle lever automatically returns to

neutral when the range-shift lever is placed in PARK.

NOTE: To start tractor the Reverser lever must be in the

Neutral position with range-shift lever in Neutral
or PARK.

COLD WEATHER OPERATION

Cold oil, 0˚C (32˚F), can affect engagement of

forward/reverse lever. Below -10˚C (14˚F) engagement
may be delayed.

Operator may have to engage forward/reverse lever

several times before tractor will move. Normal operation
will return when oil is warmed above this temperature.

ENABLING MODE

The enabling mode provides limited transmission

function, in case of malfunction. If reverser lever will not
stay in direction (forward or reverse), hold reverser lever
in the desired direction to see if tractor will move. If
tractor will move, hold lever long enough to get tractor to
a place where tractor can be serviced. If tractor will not
move, see your John Deere Dealer.

RX7010,40,4 -19-20OCT97

35-9 090699
PN=70
 Operating the Tractor

TRANSMISSION-HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
WARM-UP

Avoid operating the tractor under load until

transmission-hydraulic system has warmed up.

-UN-26JUN98
To speed the warming process when temperatures are
below -22˚C (-7˚F), install jumper hose (A) into the
number one SCV coupler.

RW56587
Shift transmission to PARK position and operate engine
at 1600—1800 rpm.

Turn the number one SCV selector knob to cylinder

(automatic) detent position (B). Turn the number two
SCV selector knob to motor (continuous) detent
position (C).

-UN-04DEC92
Pull levers on the shift console rearward.

Turn the number one SCV metering valve (D) to full flow
“rabbit” position. Adjust valve toward “turtle” position, to
restrict flow until engine is loaded.

RW21867
Move SCV levers to neutral position, after the
transmission-hydraulic system has warmed up.

RX7010,40,5 -19-06JUL98

35-10 090699
PN=71
 Operating the Tractor
USING MECHANICAL FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE
-UN-07DEC88
RW13093
N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or death.
Reduce speed when driving on icy, wet, or
graveled surfaces.
Ballast tractor correctly to avoid skidding
and loss of steering control. Engage
front-wheel drive by using ON mode, rather
than AUTO mode for four-wheel braking.
IMPORTANT: Disengage front wheels when
transporting tractor. See
Transporting Section.
Mechanical front-wheel drive can be engaged and
disengaged in all gears (forward and reverse) during
operation and under full load. Switch (A) has three
operating positions.
35-11
-UN-21AUG92
RW21844
• Center ON Position—engages MFWD. Indicator
on display console will show engagement.
• Top AUTO Position. Indicator on display
shows MFWD engagement.
MFWD automatically disengages when pressing either
brake pedal, or at speeds above 19 km/h (11.8 mph).
MFWD automatically engages when speed reduces
below 18 km/h (11.2 mph).
MFWD engages when BOTH brake pedals are
depressed at speeds above 19 km/h (11.8 mph).
• Bottom BRAKE ASSIST Position—MFWD OFF
except when BOTH brake pedals are depressed at
speeds above 19 km/h (11.8 mph).
RX7000,40,7 -19-14DEC95
090699
PN=72
 Operating the Tractor

USING TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION

(SUSPENDED FRONT AXLE)—OPTIONAL
Triple Link Suspension (TLS) provides suspension for the
tractor front end using a hydro-pneumatic self-leveling

-UN-07JUL98
system. TLS can operate simultaneously, yet
independently of Load Depth Control and Hitch
Dampening, if equipped. Hydraulic cylinders provide the
front axle with vertical suspension movement using three
accumulators to absorb shock loads.

RW56608
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

TLS will self-level automatically whenever tractor speed

exceeds 1.5 km/h (0.9 mph). With implement attached
and hitch raised or lowered, TLS will self level when:

• The engine is shut off and restarted or

• The tractor ground speed reaches 1.5 km/h
(0.9 mph) with engine running

Stay clear of tractor on start-up. TLS will self-level up

and down.

Check for adequate clearance with TLS system when

attaching a front-mounted implement.

COLD WEATHER OPERATION

Use normal cold weather procedures during cold weather

operation. TLS system may require extra time to function
correctly. TLS system may not operate if system had not
re-centered during the first 80 seconds of operation.
Several restarts may be required before system can be
enabled.

LOADER OR BLADE OPERATION

An extra heavy load has the potential to exceed capacity

of TLS system, but not the capacity of the loader or
amount of downward force on a blade. If the warning
light comes on, stop the tractor, decrease the load, and
restart the tractor to reactivate TLS system.

TROUBLESHOOTING

If a fault occurs in the leveling control, the “Service Alert”

and “Read Operator’s Manual” indicators will light. Stop
the engine and restart the tractor. If the fault repeats,
contact your John Deere Dealer.

RX7010,TLS -19-20FEB99

35-12 090699
PN=73
 Operating the Tractor

USING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

When one wheel starts to spin, engage differential lock

by pressing switch (A). Indicator light on display panel
shows engagement. To disengage differential lock, press

-UN-25JUN93
either brake pedal.

RW55077
RX7000,40,8 -19-16NOV93

USING THE BRAKES

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Reduce

speed if towed load weighs more than the
tractor or transporting loads under adverse

-UN-21JUN96
conditions. Avoid hard braking applications.
(See implement manual and Transporting
Section).

Test brakes (A) with engine stopped to be sure manual

RW55791
brake system is functioning. (See Service/250 Hours).

Press both pedals to stop tractor while disengaging the

clutch.

Use individual brakes to assist in making sharp turns.

IMPORTANT: Avoid unnecessary wear on the brakes.

DO NOT rest feet on the brake pedals
during tractor operation.

Lock pedals together for transport.

RX7010,40,6 -19-20FEB99

35-13 090699
PN=74
 Hitch
HITCH COMPONENTS

A—Lift Arms
B—Lift Cylinders
C—Lift Links
D—Center Link
E—Draft Links
F—Quick Coupler

-UN-26JUN98
RW56588
RX7010,45,1 -19-06JUL98

HITCH CONTROLS

A—Raise/Lower Switch
B—Hitch Control Lever

-UN-21JUN96
C—Hitch Control Stop
D—Load/Depth Control
E—Height Limit Control
F—Rate of Drop Control

RW55804

RX7010,45,2 -19-21JUN96

LOAD/DEPTH CONTROL

N CAUTION: To prevent hitch movement and

possible injury, turn load/depth control fully
counter clockwise (A) to “position” control
-UN-21JUN96

before attaching or detaching implements.

Hitch has two operating modes: “position” or “draft”

control.
RW55725

RX7010,45,3 -19-21JUN96

40-1 090699
PN=75
 Hitch

USING POSITION CONTROL

When load/depth control is turned fully counter clockwise

(A) to “position” control, the hitch is held at the selected
position.

-UN-21JUN96
RW55726
RX7010,45,4 -19-21JUN96

USING FLOAT POSITION

Equipment having depth-gauge wheels may require

floating operation to follow ground contours.

-UN-21JUN96
Set load/depth control to “position” control (A) and push
hitch control lever fully forward.

NOTE: Lift links can be adjusted for lateral float. (See

Lateral Float in this section.)

RW55727
RX7010,45,5 -19-21JUN96

USING DRAFT CONTROL

When load/depth control is turned to numbered area (A),

allows depth and load control to be varied as ground
conditions require. The setting of the control depends on

-UN-11JUL96
implement being used and field or soil conditions.

Turning the control counter clockwise reduces draft

response.

RW55728
Turning the control clockwise increases draft response.
With the control turned to a higher number (B), the
implement is raised as resistance (soil density) increases
and lowered as resistance decreases. Typical settings:

Integral Field Cultivator 4—5

Integral Moldboard Plow 3—5
Semi-Integral Moldboard Plow 2—4
Integral Chisel Plow 2—4
-UN-11JUL96

Integral Ripper/Subsoiler 1—3

RW55729

RX7010,45,6 -19-21JUN96

40-2 090699
PN=76
 Hitch

HITCH CONTROL SYSTEM

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or death. Do

not disconnect any hitch sensors, solenoids,
or connectors for the hitch control valve (A).
Unexpected hitch movement may occur. Stay
clear of hitch area when starting engine.

-UN-08JUL96
Hitch movement during startup may indicate a
malfunction. See your John Deere Dealer.

RW55794
RX7010,45,7 -19-21JUN96

40-3 090699
PN=77
 Hitch

USING HITCH CONTROL LEVER

AND RAISE/LOWER SWITCH

-UN-04DEC92
RW22077
N CAUTION: To prevent possible injury, use
ONLY the hitch control lever (A) when
attaching or detaching implements. DO NOT
N CAUTION: To prevent possible injury and
equipment damage while transporting, set
the hitch control lever in the transport lock
use raise/lower switch (D). position (E). This will prevent lowering the
hitch.
Hitch control lever (A) is used to raise and lower
hitch, and to set implement working depth. Pull lever Raise/lower switches are disabled when the control
rearward to raise; push lever forward to lower. lever is in the transport lock position (E). Hitch will
raise when starting tractor with the hitch control level
To set implement working depth, move stop (B) in the transport lock position.
against lever by turning stop wheel (C). Hitch will
lower to same working depth each time. If necessary NOTE: Hitch may not lower if quick coupler has been
to lower the hitch below the preset depth, the control removed. Install 68—91 kg (150-200 lb) or
lever can be lifted and pushed past the stop. quick coupler of equivalent weight to hitch for
normal operation.
Raise/lower switch (D) allows raising and lowering
during turns, without having to move the hitch control
lever. If the top portion of the raise/lower switch is
pressed, the implement is raised as high as the
setting of the height-limit control (see Adjusting Height
Limit in this section). If the lower portion of the switch
is pressed, the implement is lowered as far as the
setting at control lever (A).

RX7000,45,7A -19-02APR98

40-4 090699
PN=78
 Hitch

USING HITCH DAMPENING

OPTIONAL
Hitch dampening prevents the tractor from “pitching”
when it is traveling with a raised implement.

-UN-18JUL96
Move the control lever (A), with the engine running, to
the position that corresponds to the position of the draft
links, to activate the dampening function. Then, pull lever
back to the transport lock position.

RW55873
NOTE: The rate-of-drop control must NOT be in far left
position.

Push the control lever forward from the transport lock

position to switch off the dampening function.

NOTE: Using the remote control and switching off the

engine both have the effect of switching off the
dampening function.

RX7010E,45,7A -19-20FEB99

ADJUSTING HEIGHT LIMIT

Hitch height limit is controlled by turning control knob

(A). Turning knob fully counter clockwise (B), height is
limited to 25 percent to the maximum height. Turning

-UN-27OCT97
knob fully clockwise (C), hitch can be raised to maximum
height.

NOTE: External raise/lower switch can raise hitch above

selected limit.
RW56469

RX7010,45,8 -19-20OCT97

ADJUSTING RATE OF DROP

N CAUTION: Excessive drop speed may cause

damage or injury. Fully lowering implement
should require at least two seconds.
-UN-21JUN96

Turn control knob (A) to the counter clockwise (B) to

decrease drop speed, or clockwise (C) to increase drop
speed.
RW55737

RX7010,45,9 -19-21JUN96

40-5 090699
PN=79
 Hitch

USING EXTERNAL RAISE/LOWER SWITCH

N CAUTION: To prevent injury or damage caused

by tractor movement, be sure transmission is
in PARK position before using external

-UN-04DEC92
raise/lower switch (A). Stay clear of
interference points when using external
raise/lower switch.

Pull external raise/lower switch (A) outward and hold

RW22080
switch up to raise hitch, or down to lower.

NOTE: Hitch system is disabled when external

raise/lower switch is used.

To RESET Hitch Control System, move hitch

control lever (B) to actual position of the hitch, or
use raise/lower switch (C).

-UN-04DEC92
RW22081
RX7000,45,10A -19-16DEC93

USING SWAY BLOCKS

To minimize side sway of hitch, install sway blocks (A) in

lower position.

-UN-03DEC93
If hitch has too much side sway with sway blocks
installed, shims may be added between sway block
support brackets (B) and PTO housing. Shims are
available from your John Deere Dealer.

RW55126
NOTE: Add or remove washers (C) between the head of
the pin and the sway blocks to minimize
movement of sway blocks.

RX7000,45,12 -19-16NOV93

40-6 090699
PN=80
 Hitch

Mount sway blocks (A) in upper position to allow side

sway when hitch is lowered.

IMPORTANT: To prevent draft link interference, be

sure distance between tires is:

-UN-04DEC92
Category 2 Hitch—1.09 m (43 in.)
Category 3N Hitch—1.09 m (43 in.)
Category 3 Hitch—1.17 m (46 in.)

RW22086
RX7000,45,13 -19-14DEC95

ATTACHING IMPLEMENT TO THREE-POINT

HITCH

N CAUTION: To avoid bodily injury or machine

damage whenever an implement is attached,

-UN-21JUN96
put transmission in PARK position and check
the full range of hitch for interference, binding,
or PTO separation.

1. Turn load/depth control (A) fully counter clockwise

RW55725
before attaching or detaching implements.

2. Back tractor to implement with hitch points

approximately in alignment. Put transmission in PARK
and STOP engine.

3. Pull up lock pins (B) and extend telescoping draft link

ends.

-UN-14JUL98
4. Slip draft links over implement hitch pins and secure
with lock pins.

5. Carefully back up tractor making sure both left and

RW56594
right telescoping draft link ends are locked before using
an implement.

6. Remove center link from transport hook and attach to

top mast of implement.

RX7010,45,10 -19-06JUL98

40-7 090699
PN=81
 Hitch

7. Adjust lift links and center link. (See Adjusting

Implement Level in this section).

8. Slowly pull hitch control lever (A) to raise implement.

Check for interference. If necessary, adjust the upper

-UN-25JUN93

-UN-18JUN92
height limit control.

9. Turn load/depth control (B) to desired setting.

RW22197

RW21230
RX7000W,45,7 -19-07JUN93

DETACHING IMPLEMENT FROM HITCH

1. Lower implement to ground.

2. Turn load/depth control fully counter clockwise (A)

-UN-21JUN96
before detaching implement.

3. Remove draft links from implement hitch pins.

4. Secure center link (B) into transport hook.

RW55725
5. Drive tractor away from implement.

-UN-26JUN98
RW56589
RX7010,45,11 -19-06JUL98

40-8 090699
PN=82
 Hitch

ATTACHING IMPLEMENT TO QUICK

COUPLER

N CAUTION: To avoid bodily injury or machine

damage, put transmission in PARK position

-UN-21JUN96
and check the full range of hitch for
interference, binding, or PTO separation
whenever an implement is attached.

Do not stand between tractor and implement.

RW55725
1. Turn load/depth control fully counter clockwise (A)
before attaching or detaching implements.

2. Pull up on coupler latch handles (B).

IMPORTANT: Contacting implement hitch pins with

the levers in the locked position may

-UN-03DEC93
result in damage to the latch
mechanism.

3. Lower hitch until quick coupler hooks are lower than

implement hitch pins.

RW55144
4. Back up tractor to implement.

RX7010,45,12 -19-21JUN96

5. Raise hitch enough to engage implement pins in

hooks.

N CAUTION: To avoid bodily injury or machine

damage make sure implement is attached
correctly. Incorrect attachment can allow
-UN-03DEC93

implement to be pulled over the tractor wheel

and onto the operator station.

6. Push coupler latch handles (A) down to lock

RW55145

implement to quick-coupler.

RX7000,45,21 -19-16NOV93

40-9 090699
PN=83
 Hitch

7. Slowly pull hitch control lever (A) to raise implement.

Check for interference. Lower implement to ground and
adjust if necessary.

8. Turn load/depth control (B) to desired setting.

-UN-25JUN93

-UN-18JUN92
RW22197

RW21230
RX7000W,45,11 -19-07JUN93

DETACHING IMPLEMENT FROM QUICK

COUPLER

1. Raise both latch levers (A) with implement raised.

-UN-03DEC93
2. Disconnect hydraulic hoses and electrical connections.

3. Lower implement to ground. Continue lowering

quick-coupler until hook clears implement hitch pins.

RW55146
4. Carefully drive tractor away from implement.

RX7000,45,23 -19-16NOV93

ADJUSTING IMPLEMENT LEVEL

Adjust center link to level implement front-to-rear.

Remove lock pin (A) and lift adjusting handle wrench (B).
Rotate center portion of center link to desired position.

-UN-21JUN96
Secure adjusting handle wrench with lock pin.

Measure between centers of pins (C).

RW55799
NOTE: Normal adjustable range is 609—769 mm
(24—30 in.).

RX7010,45,13 -19-21JUN96

40-10 090699
PN=84
 Hitch

ADJUSTING LIFT LINKS

Adjust lift links to level implement side-to-side. Remove

lock pin (A) and lift up adjusting handle wrench (B).
Rotate center portion of lift link to desired position.
Position adjusting handle wrench against lift link body
and secure with lock pin to hold lift link in position.

Secure adjusting handle wrench with lock pin.

Measure between centers of pins (C).

NOTE: Normal adjustment range is 772—919 mm

(30—36 in.) with float locked out.

-UN-26JUN98
RW56590
RX7010,45,14 -19-06JUL98

LATERAL FLOAT

Placing lateral float pins in upper holes (A) allows either

draft link to raise slightly as implement follows ground
surface.
-UN-21JUN96

-UN-21JUN96
Put lateral float pins in lower holes (B) to hold implement
rigidly.
RW55801

RW55802

RX7010,45,15 -19-21JUN96

40-11 090699
PN=85
 Hitch

CONVERTING 7610 WITH HIGH-LIFT

CAPACITY OR 7710—7810 CATEGORY 3N
HITCH TO CATEGORY 2 HITCH

-UN-10FEB89
If only Category 2 implements are used, a Category 3N
hitch can be converted to Category 2 by replacing ends
of draft links (A) and center link (B). Category 2
implements can then be used without placing adapters
over implement pins.

RW7145L
IMPORTANT: Category 3 or 3N implements or
quick-couplers cannot be used with
Category 2 hitch parts installed.

RX7010,45,16 -19-21JUN96

USING CORRECT HITCH CATEGORY

IMPORTANT: Excessive power can damage an

implement, and too large an implement
can damage the tractor.

-UN-01JUL96
Use Category 3 or 3N whenever possible, especially for
implements with heavy draft or heavy transport loads.

Attach center link to upper hole (A) in bracket, when

RW55803
attaching Category 3 or 3N implements. Use lower hole
(B) for Category 2 implements.

RX7010,45,17 -19-06JUL98

40-12 090699
PN=86
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders
CONNECTING CYLINDER HOSES

N CAUTION: Push Selective Control Valve (SCV)

lever lockout to the right (transport lock)
before attaching implements to prevent

-UN-04APR98
implement movement and possible personal
injury.

IMPORTANT: Hydraulic hoses can fail due to

physical damage, kinks, age and

RW56557
exposure. Check hoses regularly.
Replace damaged hoses.

Be sure hose ends are clean prior to

use to minimize hydraulic system
contamination.

Clean off dust covers (A).

NOTE: Remote cylinder couplers are numbered I through

IV. Couplers are identified from bottom to top.

Check to be sure symbols (B) on coupler identification

plate, indicating cylinder movement, match cylinder travel
direction.

When using SCV with single acting cylinders, plug hose

into extend side of coupler (C).

Push hose firmly into receptacle.

RX7000,50,1 -19-03APR98

DISCONNECTING CYLINDER HOSES

N CAUTION: Push SCV lever lockout to the right

(transport lock) before detaching implements
to prevent implement movement and possible
-UN-04APR98

personal injury.

Lower implement to ground before disconnecting cylinder

hoses.
RW56558

Push lever (A) down slightly to relieve any pressure

buildup of trapped oil before removing hoses.

Pull hose straight out from receptacle.

RX7010,50,1 -19-03APR98

45-1 090699
PN=87
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

ADJUSTING RATE OF CYLINDER OR

MOTOR OPERATION

N CAUTION: Excessive operating speed may

cause injury or machine damage.

-UN-18JUN92
NOTE: If metering valve knob is difficult to turn, check
for dirt build-up below the knob.

Adjust rate of operation by turning the metering valve

RW21395
knob (A). Turning metering valve knob counter clockwise
increases the rate, and clockwise decreases the rate.

NOTE: Reducing oil flow rate may be required with some

implements if detent kicks out before end of
cycle.

RX7000,50,3 -19-17DEC93

45-2 090699
PN=88
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

USING HYDRAULIC VALVE FEATURES (SCV’S)

-UN-07APR98
RW56565
A—Three-Position SCV B—Loader Boom and Loader C—Electrohydraulic (EH) Valve
Bucket Valves

THREE-POSITION SCV (A) LOADER BOOM AND LOADER BUCKET VALVES

(B)
NOTE: See SCV Lever Detent Operation in this
section. • No flow adjustability
• No pressure compensation
• Adjustable flow control—fine tunes flow • One work port with load-holding ability
• Pressure compensation—needed for controlling
hydraulic motors NOTE: Used with two and three function loaders;
• Selectable three-position detent: loader bucket valve has fast dump cycle.
1. Automatic Detent—returns lever to neutral
position at end of cylinder stroke ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC (EH) VALVE (C)
2. No Detent—returns lever to neutral position
when released by operator • No flow adjustability
3. Continuous Detent—lever can be manually • No pressure compensation
returned to neutral position • Electric solenoid activated—valve is “ON” or
• Both work ports have load-holding ability valve is “OFF”
• Detented float position
NOTE: Used for controlling third functions—for
NOTE: Includes breakaway couplers, drain hoses, example, a grapple fork.
and dust covers on SCV I—SCV IV. SCV V
(optional) includes push-pull couplers and dust
covers.

RX7010,HYDVALVE-19-20FEB99

45-3 090699
PN=89
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

SCV LEVER DETENT OPERATION

Knob Position Function of Lever Detent

Turn Counter Clockwise Continuous Detent—lever

-UN-21AUG92
(A) to Detent Stop must be manually returned
to neutral

Center (B) No Detent—lever returns to

neutral when released

RW21757
Turn Clockwise (C) Automatic Detent—lever
to Detent Stop returns automatically when
cylinder reaches end of
stroke

RX7000,50,4A -19-16FEB93

SCV LEVER LOCKOUT

N CAUTION: Push SCV lever lockout to the right

(transport lock) before attaching or detaching
implements to prevent implement movement

-UN-25JUN93
and possible personal injury.

SCV lever lockouts (A) have three position settings:

• Left—full lever travel

RW22649
• Center—float lockout
• Right—transport lock
Center Position
Each SCV lever has four positions—Neutral, Extend,
Retract, and Float.

RX7000W,50,3 -19-31MAR95

SINGLE LEVER CONTROL LOCKOUT

N CAUTION: Turn single lever control lockout to

the lock symbol (transport lock) before
attaching or detaching implements to prevent
-UN-07APR98

implement movement and possible personal

injury.

Single lever control lever can be locked in neutral to

prevent unintentional movement; rotate ring to lock
RW56562

symbol.

RX7000W,50,3A -19-06APR98

45-4 090699
PN=90
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

SCV LEVER—NEUTRAL POSITION

Neutral (A) holds remote cylinder in position.

When the automatic detent mode is selected, the SCV

-UN-08JUL96
lever will return to neutral at the end of cylinder stroke.

Levers in extend or retract position automatically return

to neutral when the engine is stopped. Float position will
remain detented when the engine is stopped.

RW55806
RX7010,50,2 -19-21JUN96

SCV LEVER—EXTEND POSITION

Pull lever slightly to rear (A) of neutral. This slowly

extends cylinder. Lever returns to neutral when released.

-UN-21JUN96
Pull the lever all the way rearward to extend the remote
cylinder at maximum rate. Detent operation mode
depends on the SCV detent selected. (See SCV Lever
Detent Operation in this section).

RW55807
RX7010,50,3 -19-21JUN96

SCV LEVER—RETRACT POSITION

Push lever slightly forward (A) of neutral. This slowly

retracts cylinder. Lever returns to neutral when released.

-UN-21JUN96
Push the lever forward to the first detent notch to retract
the remote cylinder at maximum rate. Detent operation
mode depends on the SCV detent selected. (See SCV
Lever Detent Operation in this section).

RW55808

RX7010,50,4 -19-21JUN96

SCV LEVER—FLOAT POSITION

Move the SCV lever lockout (A) to the left position to

allow full lever travel.
-UN-21JUN96

Push SCV lever (B) all the way forward to float position.
Cylinder is free to extend or retract, letting implement
follow ground.

Cycle cylinder fully in both directions after being used in

RW55809

the float position to insure cylinder is filled with oil.

RX7010,50,5 -19-21JUN96

45-5 090699
PN=91
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

ADJUSTING DETENT RELIEF SETTING

NOTE: Detent relief setting on all SCVs is factory

adjusted to 17 500—18 500 kPa (180 bar)
2700 psi pressure. With some implements,

-UN-21JUN96
increasing the relief setting above the factory
setting may result in the detent not releasing.

Remove plug (A) and insert a standard screwdriver to

adjust setting. Turn screw clockwise to increase

RW55810
pressure and counter clockwise to decrease pressure.
One full turn will change pressure setting 5500 kPa
(55 bar) 825 psi.

Suggested field adjustment procedure:

1. Disconnect hoses from SCV.

2. Turn detent selector knob clockwise to the Automatic

Detent Position.

3. Adjust screw until lever will hold.

4. Slowly loosen screw until the lever releases, then

loosen 3/8 addition turn.

RX7010,50,6 -19-21JUN96

USING HITCH MANUAL LOWERING

FEATURE

Hitch manual lowering is possible when hydraulic

pressure and/or electrical power is not available.

Remove knurled cap (A) at top of hitch valve. Use a

small punch to push in manual lowering plunger. Rate of
-UN-21JUN96

drop is controlled by amount of force applied to plunger.

RW55795

Hitch Relief Valve

RX7010,MANLOWER-19-21JUN96

45-6 090699
PN=92
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

USING LOW-PRESSURE RETURN CIRCUIT

The electro-hydraulic hitch valve has a convenient

port (A) to access the tractor hydraulic sump.

Examples of implements which cannot withstand high

pressure applied to both ports are:

-UN-21JUN96
• Hydraulic motors which have the return and case
drain ports connected. Failure of the motor
housing or shaft seals may result if the return
line is pressurized.

RW55796
• Remote hydraulic valves located on the implement
may allow unexpected movement of cylinders if
the return port is pressurized.

RX7010,50,7 -19-21JUN96

45-7 090699
PN=93
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

USING HYDRAULIC MOTOR RETURN

Hydraulic motor return kit provides a convenient port to

access the tractor low pressure return circuit.

-UN-04APR98
Remove cap from hydraulic motor return coupler (A).
Connect return hose to coupler, making sure hose end
and coupler are clean.

Using the motor return coupler will prevent:

RW56559
• Inadvertent reverse operation
• Pressurization of auxiliary function
return line
• Potential flow checking of the return-side
SCV coupling

Examples of implements which cannot withstand high

pressure applied to both ports are:

• Hydraulic motors which have the return and case

drain ports connected. Failure of the motor
housing or shaft seals may result if the return
line is pressurized.

• Auxiliary control valves located on the implement

may allow unexpected movement of cylinders or
not function correctly if the return line
pressure is too high.

NOTE: Motors without overrunning check valves should

be connected to the motor return coupler to
prevent return line pressurization when SCV is
returned to neutral.

RX7010,50,8 -19-03APR98

45-8 090699
PN=94
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

USING POWER-BEYOND VALVE AND

COUPLERS

Remove caps from power-beyond valve couplers.

Connect hoses from hydraulic motor or other equipment

-UN-04APR98
requiring an independent control valve, making sure hose
ends and couplers are clean.

A—Pressure Port
B—Return Port

RW56560
C—Load-Sense Port

RX7010,50,9 -19-03APR98

USING LOAD-SENSING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM—POWER BEYOND

Power Beyond is used as a pressure/flow source for
auxiliary functions equipped with independent flow
control valves. Use Power Beyond when:
• Tractor SCV control is not needed
Power Beyond functions require a “load-sense” signal
to regulate pump pressure, therefore, a “load-sense”
hydraulic line is used. Certain equipment may require
modification. (See your John Deere Dealer.)

• Implement control valve requires external load

sense signal to prevent pump operation at high
pressure

• No other SCV outlet is available

RX7000,50,16A -19-06DEC95

45-9 090699
PN=95
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

EXAMPLES USING LOAD-SENSING

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM—POWER BEYOND

• Example 1—Control valves with a load sense port can

be operated manually or by solenoids. These valves

-UN-21SEP93
provide a load-sense signal to tractor hydraulic system.

• Example 2—Regular control valve directs oil into

either of two circuits, only one requiring pressure above
2600 kPa (26.0 bar) (380 psi). Connect load-sense line

RW55109
to circuit requiring pressure. A common example would
be a wagon lift cylinder where load is supported by
mechanical stops in the full down position—load-sense Example 1
line signals pump when increased pressure is needed.
Pressure remains low when not needed.

IMPORTANT: Circuit allows cylinder “leak-down”

through load-sense line (C). If leakage
is not acceptable for operation, use

-UN-21SEP93
Example 3.

• Example 3—Regular control valve directs oil into either

of two circuits, either requiring high pressure. Connect
load-sense line to pressure line before control valve.

RW55110
NOTE: System will maintain a maximum pressure of
Example 2
20 000 kPa (200 bar) (2900 psi) as long as
Power Beyond hoses are connected. If other
functions are operating at continuous flow,
increased hydraulic oil temperature may result.

A common example would be a folding implement,

-UN-21SEP93
where pressure is needed to extend or retract cylinders.
Disconnect Power Beyond hoses when not in use.

• Example 4—Pressure-compensated flow control valve

is used to regulate hydraulic motor speed or flow.

RW55111
Connect load-sense line to pressure line after control
valve.
Example 3
NOTE: Motor speed may fluctuate when other functions
cause hydraulic system pressure change. This
condition is normal. To prevent fluctuations, install
a pressure-compensated flow control valve.

A—Pressure Line
-UN-21SEP93

B—Return Line
C—Load-Sense Line
D—Control Valve
E—Cylinder
F—Pressure-compensated Flow Valve
G—Hydraulic Motor
RW55112

Example 4

RX8000,55,17 -19-24NOV95

45-10 090699
PN=96
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

USING IMPLEMENT REQUIRING LARGE VOLUMES OF OIL

NOTE: Implements with large hydraulic cylinders can Cycle all implement cylinders after starting tractor.
remove substantial volumes of hydraulic oil Check the transmission-hydraulic oil level. (See
from the transmission-hydraulic system of the Check Transmission-Hydraulic Oil Level in the
tractor. Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours Section.)

Implements which remove large volumes of oil such Operation with higher fill levels (if not removed
as Dump Wagons with large single acting cylinders, afterward) can result in additional power loss and
reference the following: wasted heat generation the oil cooler has to reject.

Volume of Oil Removed Hydraulic Oil Raise function of hitch and extend function of SCVs
to Raise Load Level Required may be disabled if excessive oil is removed from oil
reservoir. Lower the hitch and retract the cylinders to
12 Liters (3.2 gal) Add Mark—Engine Off
19 Liters (5.0 gal) Full Mark—Engine Off return oil to reservoir.
21 Liters (5.5 gal) Add Mark—Engine Running
30 Liters (7.9 gal) Full Mark—Engine Running

RX7000,50,12A -19-06APR95

ADJUSTING CYLINDER HYDRAULIC STOP

NOTE: With the SCV set in the automatic detent

position, cylinder retracts until it contacts
movable stop.

-UN-07DEC88
1. Lift lever (A).

2. Slide stop (B) to desired position.

RW4441
3. Push lever down firmly making sure lever does not
contact stop (C).

Overriding Stop—hold SCV lever forward to desired

cylinder/implement level.

RX7000,50,13 -19-06APR95

45-11 090699
PN=97
 Remote Hydraulic Cylinders

ADJUSTING CYLINDER MECHANICAL STOP

IMPORTANT: Do not operate cylinder unless BOTH

stop rod pins are installed.

-UN-07DEC88
1. Pull out both stop rod and pins (A).

2. Slide stop (B) to desired position.

3. Install both pins.

RW4442
RX7000,50,14 -19-21DEC92

45-12 090699
PN=98
 Drawbar and PTO
ADJUSTING DRAWBAR HEIGHT AND
LENGTH

Height of drawbar is adjusted by turning offset (A) up or

down. Remove the clevis assembly and slide drawbar

-UN-25JUN93
out and turn it over.

Install drawbar and attach clevis assembly to the top of

the drawbar.

RW22652
IMPORTANT: Observe drawbar load limitations.
Strain is greatly increased by speed
and rough terrain. Maximum vertical
load should not exceed:

1430 kg (3150 lb)—Extended Position

2850 kg (6280 lb)—Short Position

-UN-04DEC92
Remove nut (B) and retaining pin (C) to adjust drawbar
length.

Slide drawbar (D) to desired position.

RW21880
Install drawbar retaining pin and tighten hex nut to
410 N·m (300 lb-ft).

RX7000,55,1 -19-16NOV93

OPERATING CLEVIS ASSEMBLY

IMPORTANT: Remove clevis assembly when using

PTO-driven equipment. -UN-25JUN92

Clevis (A) must be attached ONLY to top of drawbar. If

the drawbar is turned over, remove the clevis assembly
and attach to top of drawbar.

Connect implement to drawbar, using pin of clevis

RW21410

assembly.

RX7000,55,2 -19-16NOV93

50-1 090699
PN=99
 Drawbar and PTO

POSITIONING DRAWBAR

N CAUTION: To avoid personal injury use locking

pins to hold drawbar stationary when operating
PTO-driven implements.

-UN-21JUN96
Remove locking pins (A) and slide drawbar to desired
position.

Install drawbar locking pins.

RW55740
RX7010,55,1 -19-21JUN96

50-2 090699
PN=100
 Drawbar and PTO

ATTACHING PTO-DRIVEN IMPLEMENT

N CAUTION: Entanglement in rotating driveline

can cause serious injury or death.

-UN-22AUG95
Keep PTO shield and driveline shields in place
at all times. Make sure rotating shields turn
freely.

Wear close fitting clothing. Stop the engine

TS1644
and be sure PTO driveline is stopped before
making adjustments, connections, or cleaning
PTO-driven equipment.

Lock drawbar in center position and remove clevis

assembly.

Turn drawbar so offset is downward.

PTO Shaft End

PTO Shaft to Hitch Pin Hole (A)

540 rpm - 6 splines 350 mm (14.0 in.)

1000 rpm - 21 splines 400 mm (16.0 in.)

-UN-03DEC93
Attach implement to drawbar before connecting PTO
drive line. If implement will be connected to
quick-coupler, be sure drawbar will not interfere.

RW55148
Connect drive line to PTO shaft. Turn shaft slightly by
hand, to line up splines. Be sure yoke is in correct
position and firmly locked.

Move PTO shield door to center position.

-UN-03DEC93
RW55136

RX7000,55,4 -19-14DEC95

50-3 090699
PN=101
 Drawbar and PTO

OPERATING FRONT OR REAR PTO

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Stop the

engine and allow the PTO driveline to stop
before making adjustments, connections, or
cleaning of PTO-driven equipment.

Always disengage the PTO when not in use.

PTO can be engaged or disengaged without operating

the clutch.

NOTE: PTO and Service Alert indicator lights will flash

for 5 seconds with an audible warning signal if
operator leaves seat with PTO engaged. After 5
seconds, Service Alert indicator and audible
warning signal will stop, and PTO indicator light

-UN-21JUN96
will return to normal. PTO does not disengage
while operator is absent from the seat.

CAB:

RW55811
Push down and forward on PTO switch to engage PTO
clutch. PTO indicator on display panel will show PTO Cab
engagement.

Pull back PTO switch to disengage clutch and PTO

brake will engage automatically.

OPEN STATION:

-UN-25JUN93
Lift control knob and turn knob clockwise to engage PTO
clutch. PTO indicator on display panel will show PTO
engagement.

RW22198
Push PTO control knob down to disengage clutch. PTO
brake will engage automatically.
Open Station
NOTE: If the engine is stopped and then restarted while
the PTO is running, the PTO will not operate.
Disengage the PTO switch and then engage the A—Rear PTO
PTO again. B—Front PTO

RX7010,55,2 -19-22OCT98

50-4 090699
PN=102
 Drawbar and PTO

PTO COLD WEATHER ENGAGEMENT

PTO engagement will take longer with cold oil.

PTO will shut off and PTO indicator light will flash until
the PTO switch is turned off when PTO speed fails to
reach 100 rpm in 20 seconds. Engaging PTO will require
shutting off and turning back on PTO switch.

NOTE: Time allowed to reach 100 rpm is from 5—20

seconds. Normal operation takes less than 5
seconds. Cold oil requires longer time.

Extreme cold temperatures, -18˚C (0˚F), may require

PTO switch to be cycled 3 or 4 times for the PTO to
reach 100 rpm.

RX7010,55,2A -19-22OCT98

USING PTO SHIELD

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Put the PTO

shield in correct position at all times. Do not
use shield as a step.

-UN-04DEC92

-UN-25JUN93
Normal position of the PTO shield is in the lowered
position (A). Drawbar visibility is improved for attaching
an implement.
RW21875

RW22657
PTO shield must be in the center position (B) for use
with PTO-driven implements.
Normal Position Center Position
Lift shield to raised position (C), to provide clearance
while connecting implement drive line to the PTO shaft.

Move the PTO shield to center position before engaging

PTO.
-UN-13APR95

-UN-25JUN93

To connect an implement with an old-style tunnel shield,

slot (D) must be cut in the PTO shield. Cut from the
edge of the shield to the small hole.
RW55665

RW22659

Raised Position PTO Shield

RX7000,55,7 -19-31MAR95

50-5 090699
PN=103
 Drawbar and PTO

USING FRONT PTO SHIELD

Normal position for the PTO shield is in the lowered

position (A).

-UN-22MAR93
Install cover (B) over the shaft when the PTO is not in
use.

NOTE: Use the lowered position when installing

QUIK-TATCH™ weights.

RW21921
Lift shield to raised position (C) when connecting
implement drive line to the PTO shaft.

-UN-22MAR93
RW21922
RX7000E,55,4 -19-24MAR93

USING CORRECT PTO STUB SHAFT

The 1000 rpm stub shaft (A) has 21 splines for heavy
PTO loads. The 540 rpm stub shaft (B) has 6 splines for
implements requiring less than 75 PTO horsepower.

-UN-25JUN92
IMPORTANT: Implements can be operated at 540 rpm
only if the power input never exceeds
56 kW (75 hp). Operating PTO at lower
speeds under heavy load could damage

RW21414
PTO.

RX7000,55,8 -19-26JAN93

50-6 090699
PN=104
 Drawbar and PTO

CHANGING PTO STUB SHAFT

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. PTO shaft

may be hot from operation. Allow shaft to cool
before changing.

-UN-04DEC92
NOTE: Rotate the ends of the snap ring to align with flat
surface of the shaft.

Remove snap ring (A) and pull out PTO stub shaft (B).

RW21879
Clean stub shaft thoroughly, coat splines with John
Deere High-Temperature/Extreme-Pressure/Non-Clay
grease to prevent rust and install into housing.

540 rpm shaft - rotate shaft back and forth while

installing, to ensure shaft is properly seated in housing;
continue to push shaft in while installing snap ring.

-UN-04DEC92
1000 rpm shaft - rotate shaft back and forth while
installing until engagement is felt.

NOTE: Shaft is properly engaged when shaft turns with

RW21883
high effort.

Install snap ring in groove to retain PTO stub shaft.

NOTE: A flattened area on the stub shaft facilitates

removal and installation of the snap ring.

IMPORTANT: Clean bore (C) thoroughly when

installing PTO shaft for 1000 rpm use.
Damage to PTO may result if bore is
not clean.

RX7000,55,9 -19-17SEP98

50-7 090699
PN=105
 Optimum Performance/Ballast
GENERAL PERFORMANCE GUIDELINES

• ATTAINING OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE • SELECTING BALLAST CAREFULLY

Before adding ballast to your tractor, consider these NOTE: Radial-ply and bias-ply tires use same
important factors to attain optimum performance: ballasting procedures.

• Total tractor weight and static weight split
(percent of static weight on front and rear
axles)
• Type of ballast used (cast weight or liquid)
• Tire inflation pressures
• RECOMMENDED WEIGHT SPLIT
Tractor should be weighed to accurately determine
amount and type of ballast. Weight should be
distributed depending on how tractor is equipped and
the conditions in which it will be operated.
Factors Determining Amount of Ballast
• Soil surface—loose or firm
• Type of implement—integral/semi-integral or towed
• Travel speed—slow or fast
• Tractor power output—partial or full load
• Tires—single or dual; small or large
Pulling a lighter load at a higher speed is more
economical and more efficient than pulling heavier
loads at a lower speed.
Too Little Ballast Too Much Ballast

Excessive wheel spin Soil compaction

• CORRECT BALLAST
Power loss Power loss
Tire wear Increased load
Use no more ballast than necessary, and adjust Fuel waste Fuel waste
ballast as tractor use changes. Lower productivity Lower productivity

For correct ballast, measure amount of travel • BALLAST LIMITATIONS

reduction (% slip) of the drive wheels. Under normal
field conditions, travel reduction should be 10—15
percent (8—12 for MFWD tractors). Add more weight
to drive wheels if slip is excessive. If there is less
than minimum percent slip, ballast should be
removed, unless needed for stability.
Correct ballast allows for most efficient use of
tractor’s available power and will not make up for an
implement which is too big for the tractor. Adding
ballast will not improve performance, if engine speed
falls below rated speed and/or wheel slip is not
beyond the recommended range.
IMPORTANT: Tractor weight exceeding heavy
ballast limits should be avoided and
may void the warranty due to
“overload” conditions.
Ballast should be limited by the lowest of either tire
capacity or tractor capacity. Carrying capacity of each
tire should not be exceeded. If a greater amount of
weight is needed, a larger single tire or duals should
be considered.
• TRANSPORTING WITH BALLAST

• CORRECT INFLATION PRESSURE

Inflate tires to correct pressure to carry load on each

axle for optimum tractive performance.
NOTE: See Wheels, Tires, and Treads Section for
inflation pressure charts.
N CAUTION: Avoid possible injury when
transporting heavy rear-mounted
implements. Drive slowly over rough
ground, regardless of how much ballast is
used.
Add weight to front end if needed for stability. Heavy
pulling and heavy rear-mounted implements tend to
lift front wheels. Add enough ballast to maintain
steering control.

Use implement code in implement operator’s manual

to determine the minimum number of front weights
required.

RX7000,60,1 -19-20OCT97

55-1 090699
PN=106
 Optimum Performance/Ballast
BALLASTING FOR ENGINE HORSEPOWER
A guide in ballasting tractors is to use PTO horse-
power combined with the kind of ballast needed for a
particular job—light, medium or heavy ballast. Start
the process of ballasting with the lightest ballast that
may do the job. Then add ballast as needed to get
performance desired.
NOTE: Correct weight split must be maintained when
adding or removing ballast. Cast weight is
preferred to get the best tractive performance.
Ballast levels are based on the following travel
speeds:
Light Medium Heavy
8.7 km/h 7.7 km/h 7.2 km/h
(5.4 mph) (4.8 mph) (4.5 mph)
More or less weight will be needed, if different travel
speeds are used. Higher speeds do not require as
much weight. The final indication of correct ballast is
wheel slip measured in the field.
55-2
NOTE: Radar is recommended to continually monitor
wheel slip. Checking wheel slip manually is
possible but will only show slip in one area of
the field. Field conditions vary from one area
to the other and it is necessary to maintain
the correct average wheel slip to maintain
optimum tractive performance.
Add more weight if slip is excessive. Remove weight
if there is less than minimum percent slip.
If implement pull at full load is 8.7 km/h (5.4 mph)
or more, tractor may operate unballasted. Medium
ballast is a better choice, if operating at full load
between 7.7 and 8.7 km/h (4.8 and 5.4 mph). Heavy
ballast should only be used for the few implements
(such as deep rippers) which require full-load traction
below 7.2 km/h (4.5 mph).
IMPORTANT: To extend drivetrain life, never add
ballast that results in continuous
full-power loads below 6.6 km/h
(4.1 mph).
RX7000W,60,2 -19-06DEC95
090699
PN=107
 Optimum Performance/Ballast
CONTROLLING POWER HOP—MFWD TRACTORS
Power hop is a condition where the tractor exhibits
severe bounce and/or jump at field working speeds
under 16 kph (10 mph), and is associated with
tractors pulling towed implements at medium to high
draft loads in loose, dry soil on top of a firm base
and/or when climbing hills. As a result, the tractor
cannot maintain pull due to either loss of traction,
rough ride, or both.
Make the following adjustments to inflation pressures,
only after following the performance guidelines
(recommended weight split, correct ballast, and
correct inflation pressures):
1. Increase front tire pressure in 14 kPa (0.1 bar)
(2 psi) increments over the rated pressure until power
hop is controlled. Rear tire inflation pressures should
remain at rated pressures for the load.
IMPORTANT: Front tire pressure should not
exceed 41 kPa (0.4 bar) (6 psi) more
than the maximum rated inflation
pressure shown on tire side wall.
55-3
2. Remove any liquid ballast in rear tires and replace
with rear cast weight equivalent, if power hop remains
a problem.
3. Install up to 75 percent liquid fill in front tires and
remove an equivalent amount of front cast weight to
maintain recommended weight split, if power hop
remains a problem.
4. See your John Deere Dealer if power hop remains
a problem.
IMPORTANT: Tire inflation pressures and
ballasting may need to be changed
when operating conditions change.
For example, when tractor is being
used with hitch-mounted
implements, rear tire inflation may
need to be increased from the
recommended levels for pull-type
implements and decreased when
removing hitch-mounted implements.
RX8000,65,HOP -19-21JUN96
090699
PN=108
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

BALLASTING GUIDE

Model 7610 7710 7810

kW 86 97 112
(PTO Horsepower) (115) (130) (150)

TYPE OF BALLAST Light Medium Heavy Light Medium Heavy Light Medium Heavy

kg/PTO-kW 54 59 66 54 59 66 54 59 66
(lbs/PTO-hp) (120) (130) (145) (120) (130) (145) (120) (130) (145)

Total kg 6265 6787 7570 7082 7673 8558 8172 8853 9875
Total (lbs) (13800) (14950) (16675) (15600) (16900) (18850) (18000) (19500) (21750)

RECOMMENDED WEIGHT SPLIT (%)

T SI I T SI I T SI I

2WD
(Front/Rear) 25/75 30/70 35/65 25/75 30/70 35/65 25/75 30/70 35/65

MFWD
(Front/Rear) 35/65 35/65 40/60* 35/65 35/65 40/60* 35/65 35/65 40/60*

ALLOWABLE SLIP (%)

2WD 10—15 10—15 10—15

MFWD 8—12 8—12 8—12

T — Towed
SI — Semi-Integral
I — Integral

* Front weight requirements are determined by the weight of the

hitch-mounted implement. Enough front weight needs to be added
to maintain steering control of the tractor. RX7010,60,1 -19-21JUN96

55-4 090699
PN=109
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

MEASURING WHEEL SLIP—MANUALLY

NOTE: Tractors equipped with optional radar unit can

automatically determine the percentage of wheel
slip. Radar must be calibrated correctly. (See

-UN-26APR91
Controls and Instruments Section).

1. Mark a rear tire.

2. Mark a starting point on the ground with the tractor

RW19320
moving and implement lowered in the ground.

3. Follow tractor and mark the ground again where

marked tire completes 10 full revolutions.

RX7000,60,2 -19-11NOV96

4. Repeat procedure with implement raised at the same

working speed. Count revolutions between same two
marks.

-UN-26APR91
RW19321
RX7000,60,3 -19-22DEC92

5. Use second count and chart to determine slippage. Wheel Slippage Chart

Wheel Revolutions % Result

NOTE: Remember 10—15 percent (8—12 percent for
(Step 4) Slip
tractors with MFWD) is ideal.
10 0 Remove
6. Adjust ballast or load to give correct slippage. 9-1/2 5 Ballast

NOTE: Available horsepower is greatly reduced when 9 10 Proper

wheel slip drops below minimum percent. 8-1/2 15 Ballast

8 20 Add
7-1/2 25 Ballast
7 30

RX7000,60,4 -19-22DEC92

55-5 090699
PN=110
 Optimum Performance/Ballast
DETERMINING MAXIMUM BALLAST
NOTE: For tractors with dual rear tires, maximum
ballast is not normally limited by tire carrying
capacity.
IMPORTANT: Do not overload tires. If maximum
weight shown in chart is not enough
for safety, reduce load or install
tires with more load capacity.
Use appropriate front ballast for a particular operating
condition. Two-wheel drive tractors should have only
enough ballast to maintain safe steering control.
MFWD equipped tractors should have adequate
ballast to properly load front wheels.
Adjust ballast as tractor use changes. For
example, adjust ballast when changing from mounted
to towed implements.
55-6
IMPORTANT: To extend drive train life and avoid
excessive soil compaction and
rolling resistance, avoid adding too
much ballast. Ballast should never
exceed the weight required to
provide traction for continuous full
power loads in 8th gear (Power
Shift) or B-2 (PowrQuad) in two-
wheel drive operation.
Remove ballast if tractor engine labors when pulling
heavy loads in gears slower than 8th (Power Shift) or
B-2 (PowrQuad). When using front-wheel drive,
ballast may be increased to allow continuous full
power operation in 7th gear (Power Shift) or B-1
(PowrQuad).
RX7000,60,5 -19-14DEC95
090699
PN=111
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

MAXIMUM LOAD PER WHEEL

FRONT BALLAST REAR BALLAST

Tire Load PowrQuad Power Shift Tire Load PowrQuad Power Shift
Size Rating 30 km/h 40 km/h Size Rating 30 km/h 40 km/h
(20 mph) (25 mph) (20 mph) (25 mph)

11.00-16 8 1310 kg 1180 kg 14.9R46 *** 2840 kg 2650 kg

(2890 lb) (2600 lb) (6250 lb) (5840 lb)

11.00-16 12 1720 kg 1550 kg 18.4-38 8 2700 kg 2430 kg

(3790 lb) (3420 lb) (5950 lb) (5360 lb)

11.00-20 12 1750 kg 1580 kg 18.4R38 * 2760 kg 2580 kg

(3860 lb) (3480 lb) (6080 lb) (5680 lb)

13.6R28 *** 1820 kg 1700 kg 18.4R38 ** 3210 kg 3000 kg

(4000 lb) (3740 lb) (7070 lb) (6600 lb)

14L-16.1 10 1720 kg 1550 kg 18.4-42 10 3330 kg 3000 kg

(3790 lb) (3420 lb) (7330 lb) (6600 lb)

14.9-28 10 2110 kg 1900 kg 18.4R42 148A8** 3370 kg 3150 kg

(4640 lb) (4180 lb) (7430 lb) (6950 lb)

14.9R28 *** 2200 kg 2060 kg 20.8-38 8 3110 kg 2800 kg

(4860 lb) (4540 lb) (6840 lb) (6150 lb)

14.9-30 10 2160 kg 1950 kg 20.8R38 * 3300 kg 3080 kg

(4760 lb) (4300 lb) (7280 lb) (6800 lb)

14.9R30 *** 2270 kg 2120 kg 20.8R38 153A8** 3910 kg 3650 kg

(5010 lb) (4680 lb) (8610 lb) (8050 lb)

16.9-26 10 2285 kg 2060 kg 23.1-34 8 3230 kg 2910 kg

(5040 lb) (4540 lb) (7110 lb) (6410 lb)

16.9R26 ** 2330 kg 2180 kg 320/90R50 **** 3300 kg 3080 kg

(5140 lb) (4800 lb) (7280 lb) (6780 lb)

16.9R28 136A8** 2400 kg 2240 kg 420/80R46 151A8*** 3690 kg 3450 kg

(5280 lb) (4940 lb) (8140 lb) (7610 lb)

290/95R34 *** 2140 kg 2000 kg 650/75R34 162A8*** 4760 kg 4450 kg

(4720 lb) (4410 lb) (10470 lb) (9790 lb)

320/85R34 *** 2200 kg 2060 kg

(4860 lb) (4540 lb)

480/70R28 141A8** 2680 kg 2500 kg

(5900 lb) (5510 lb)

RX7010,60,2 -19-18JUL96

55-7 090699
PN=112
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

USING LIQUID BALLAST

N CAUTION: Installing liquid ballast requires

special equipment and training. See your John
Deere Dealer or a tire service store.

IMPORTANT: NEVER fill any tire to more than 90

percent full. More solution could
damage tires.

Use of water or calcium chloride solution can be used to

provide economical ballast. Used properly, it will not
damage tires, tubes, or rims. However, liquid ballast is
not recommended because it results in harsh ride,

-UN-07JUL93
difficulty in handling, spills if flats occur, and when used
in rear tires can result in greater susceptibility to power
hop.

A calcium chloride mixture of 420 g per liter (3.5 lb

RW25003
per gal) of water will not freeze solid above -45˚C
(-50˚F) or a mixture of 600 g per liter (5.0 lb
per gal) will not freeze solid above -50˚C (-60˚F).

NOTE: Use of alcohol as liquid ballast is not

recommended.

Liquid ballast should be avoided in rear tires since it has

a stiffening effect that causes the tractor to give a rough
ride and generally reduces ability to control power hop. If
liquid is used in the rear tires, all tires on the axle must
be filled to the same level which should not exceed 40
percent fill.

Up to 75 percent fill may be used in MFWD front tires

for weight or to provide stiffness to assist in power hop
control. Do this as a last alternative.

Fill front tires to 40 or 75 percent full for needed ballast.

Fill rear tires to maximum of 40 percent full. More
solution could result in harsh ride. Chart shows how
much each size holds if filled to 40 or 75 percent full.

RX8000,65,9 -19-27NOV95

55-8 090699
PN=113
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

LIQUID BALLAST
FRONT TIRES REAR TIRES
LIQUID WEIGHT PER TIRE LIQUID WEIGHT PER TIRE

Tire Size 40 PERCENT FILL 75 PERCENT FILL Tire Size 40 PERCENT FILL 75 PERCENT FILL
420 g/L 600 g/L 420 g/L 600 g/L 420 g/L 600 g/L 420 g/L 600 g/L
3.5 lb/gal 5.0 lb/gal 3.5 lb/gal 5.0 lb/gal 3.5 lb/gal 5.0 lb/gal 3.5 lb/gal 5.0 lb/gal

11.00-16 57 kg 61 kg 108 kg 115 kg 14.9R46 196 kg 210 kg 368 kg 393 kg

(127 lb) (135 lb) (238 lb) (254 lb) (433 lb) (462 lb) (812 lb) (866 lb)

11.00-20 71 kg 76 kg 133 kg 142 kg 18.4-38 269 kg 287 kg 504 kg 538 kg

(156 lb) (167 lb) (293 lb) (313 lb) (593 lb) (633 lb) (1111 lb) (1186 lb)

13.6-28 106 kg 113 kg 199 kg 212 kg 18.4-42 281 kg 300 kg 527 kg 563 kg
(234 lb) (249 lb) (438 lb) (467 lb) (619 lb) (661 lb) (1160 lb) (1240 lb)

14.9-28 130 kg 139 kg 244 kg 260 kg 20.8-38 345 kg 368 kg 647 kg 690 kg
(286 lb) (306 lb) (537 lb) (573 lb) (760 lb) (811 lb) (1425 lb) (1521 lb)

14.9-30 139 kg 149 kg 261 kg 279 kg 23.1-34 387 kg 413 kg 726 kg 775 kg
(307 lb) (328 lb) (576 lb) (615 lb) (854 lb) (911 lb) (1601 lb) (1709 lb)

14L-16.1 69 kg 74 kg 130 kg 139 kg 320/90R50 133 kg 142 kg 249 kg 266 kg

(153 lb) (163 lb) (287 lb) (306 lb) (293 lb) (313 lb) (550 lb) (586 lb)

16.9-26 157 kg 168 kg 295 kg 315 kg 420/80R46 212 kg 226 kg 397 kg 424 kg
(347 lb) (370 lb) (651 lb) (694 lb) (467 lb) (499 lb) (876 lb) (935 lb)

16.9-28 158 kg 169 kg 297 kg 317 kg 650/75R34 400 kg 427 kg 750 kg 800 kg
(349 lb) (373 lb) (655 lb) (699 lb) (881 lb) (941 lb) (1653 lb) (1764 lb)

290/95R34 88 kg 94 kg 165 kg 175 kg

(193 lb) (206 lb) (363 lb) (385 lb)

320/85R34 97 kg 103 kg 182 kg 194 kg

(214 lb) (228 lb) (401 lb) (428 lb)

480/70R28 171 kg 183 kg 321 kg 343 kg

(378 lb) (403 lb) (709 lb) (756 lb)

RX7010,60,3 -19-18JUL96

55-9 090699
PN=114
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

USING REAR CAST IRON WEIGHTS

N CAUTION: When installing weights, use

appropriate equipment or have the job done by
your John Deere dealer.

Cast iron weights (A) are available of 75 kg (165 lb) or

210 kg (465 lb) can be installed on inside or outside of
wheel. Wheel weights should not be installed on outside
of inner wheel when the tractor is equipped with duals,
since the combination prevents retightening of the sleeve

-UN-24JUN92
bolts. Adjusting ballast is easier if some of the ballast is
attached to the outside of the outer (dual) wheel. See
your John Deere Dealer for weight use and placement.

NOTE: When using 762 mm (30 in.) tread setting, only

RW19886
one 210 kg (465 lb) weight can be installed on
inside of wheel.

RX7000,60,8 -19-14DEC95

Install weights on wheel.

For additional weights, install bolts in previous weight.

Rotate alternate weight to align bolts with weight holes.

Tighten bolts. (See Torque Charts in the Specifications

Section). Retighten after driving approximately 100 m
(100 yds), after 3 hours, and again after 10 hours of
operation. Check tightness every 250 hours.

IMPORTANT: Inside wheel weights must have at least

25 mm (1 in.) clearance between weight
and tractor components.
-UN-03DEC93
RW55139

RX7000,60,9 -19-06JUL98

55-10 090699
PN=115
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

ADDING REAR BALLAST—740 AND 840

LOADERS

N CAUTION: To help prevent personal injury or

death from tractor/loader rollover, add

-UN-20MAY92
recommended amount of ballast to tractor. The
amount of ballast listed is the minimum
required for normal loader operation. For some
operations, additional ballast may be required
to maximize stability.

W00538
Rear Ballast *

Loader Minimum Minimum

Ballast Per Wheel Ballast On Hitch **

740 120 kg (264 lb) 200 kg (440 lb)

840 1100 kg (2420 lb) 1600 kg (3525 lb)

IMPORTANT: 840 Loader is not approved for use

with Triple Link Suspension.

* Minimum required with rear tread set at 1800 mm (71 in.) or greater.

** Ballast must be installed 1200 mm (47.25 in.) behind rear axle. RX7010,60,4 -19-20FEB99

55-11 090699
PN=116
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

USING IMPLEMENT CODES

IMPORTANT: Use a scale to check static weight, Use the prior information and refer to the appropriate
especially with heavy implements. chart to determine how many QUIK-TATCH weights
Static weight remaining on the front are required.

N
wheels with the implement lifted
should always be at least 50 percent CAUTION: Do not attempt to transport an
of the weight with the implement implement without adequate front ballast.
resting on the ground. Loss of steering control may result. With
maximum front ballast, do not attempt to
Determine the following: transport an implement whose code
exceeds:
• MFWD or two-wheel drive front axle
• Front tires with or without liquid 370 for two-wheel drive

Find implement code in John Deere implement 430 for MFWD

operator’s manual.

To find implement code for non-John Deere

implements use the following procedure:

1. Estimate implement center of gravity (find or

estimate fore-and-aft balance point).

2. Measure distance from implement hitch point to

center of gravity. Record the distance (inches).
Add 37 to this figure.

3. Determine the implement weight (fully loaded).

Record the weight (pounds).

4. Multiply Step 2 by Step 3. Divide by 1000.

5. Resulting number is the implement code.

Note: If no quick-coupler is used, add 20 to code; if John Deere

Row-Trak™ coupler is used, subtract 16 from code RX7010,60,5 -19-14JUL98

55-12 090699
PN=117
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

IMPLEMENT CODES

TWO-WHEEL DRIVE MFWD

Without Quick-Coupler With Quick-Coupler Without Quick-Coupler With Quick-Coupler

Implement Without With Without With Without With Without With

Code Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid

201—215 — — 2 — — — — —
216—230 2 — 4 2 — — — —
231—245 4 2 6 4 — — — —

246—260 6 4 8 6 — — — —
261—275 8 6 10 8 — — 2 —
276—290 10 8 12 10 2 — 4 —

291—305 12 10 14 12 4 — 6 2
306—320 14 12 16 14 6 2 8 4
321—335 16 14 18 16 8 4 10 6

336—350 18 16 20 18 10 6 12 8
351—365 20 18 — 20 12 8 14 10
366—380 — 20 — — 14 10 16 12

381—395 — — — — 16 12 18 14
396—410 — — — — 18 14 — 16
411—425 — — — — — 16 — 18
426—440 — — — — — 18 — —
441—455 — — — — — — — —

RX7010,60,6 -19-21JUN96

55-13 090699
PN=118
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

WEIGHT ADDED TO REAR AXLE WITH HITCH MOUNTED IMPLEMENTS

TWO-WHEEL DRIVE

Approximate
Implement 1408 1441 1536 1631 1725 1820 1915 2010 2105 2200 2295 2390
Weight (3104) (3177) (3386) (3595) (3804) (4013) (4222) (4431) (4640) (4850) (5059) (5268)
kg/(lb)

Implement
Code Rating 189 194 207 219 232 245 258 270 283 296 309 321
(Steel Coupler)

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Front Ballast None Support Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front
Required Only Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights

Approximate Rear
Axle Weight Added 2244 2297 2448 2600 2751 2902 3053 3204 3356 3507 3658 3809
by Hitch Load (4948) (5064) (5397) (5731) (6064) (6397) (6731) (7064) (7398) (7731) (8064) (8398)
kg/(lb)

MFWD

Approximate
Implement 1786 1819 1914 2009 2104 2199 2293 2388 2483 2578 2672
Weight (3938) (4011) (4220) (4429) (4638) (4847) (5056) (5265) (5475) (5684) (5893)
kg/(lb)

Implement
Code Rating 240 245 257 270 283 296 308 321 334 347 360
(Steel Coupler)

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Front Ballast None Support Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front Front
Required Only Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights Weights

Approximate Rear
Axle Weight Added 2888 2942 3095 3248 3402 3555 3708 3861 4015 4170 4324
by Hitch Load (6367) (6485) (6823) (7161) (7499) (7837) (8175) (8513) (8852) (9196) (9534)
kg/(lb)

RX7010,60,7 -19-21OCT97

55-14 090699
PN=119
 Optimum Performance/Ballast

INSTALLING QUIK-TATCH™ WEIGHTS

Up to 20 (18 for tractors with MFWD) QUIK-TATCH

weights can be installed on tractors.

-UN-21AUG92

-UN-21AUG92
When required, install QUIK-TATCH weights, balanced
on each side of center (A). The first two weights must be
installed as a pair.

To hold six weights or fewer in position, run retaining

RW22300

RW22301
bolts (B) through holes and secure with a nut. Tighten to
230 N·m (170 lb-ft).

RX7010,60,8 -19-21JUN96

When eight more weights are installed, insert retainers

(A) between weights, one with threaded hole upward and
the other with threaded hole downward. Tighten bolts to
230 N·m (170 lb-ft).

-UN-08JUL92
RW21279
RX,111556,65,9 -19-22AUG92

55-15 090699
PN=120
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads
GENERAL WHEEL, TIRE, AND TREAD GUIDELINES

-UN-24JUN92

-UN-24JUN92
RW21260

RW19899
• Reverse wheels on axles to provide a wider range
of settings by changing rim position. Maintain
correct direction of tire rotation by moving
N CAUTION: Prevent personal injury and
tractor instability. Never operate with single
tires having tread width less than 1520 mm
each wheel to opposite side of tractor. (60 in.).

IMPORTANT: Tires must have at least 25 mm IMPORTANT: Do not exceed 2800 mm (110 in.)
(1 in.) clearance with fenders (A). between single tires for pulling
Distance between tires must be at heavy loads.
least 1070 mm (42 in.) with tires
equal distances from tractor
centerline (B).

With sway blocks in upper position

(sway allowed), minimum distance Minimum Spacing for Dual Tires (C)
between tires must be 1090 mm
Tire Section Minimum Spacing
(43 in.) to prevent interference.
14.9 480 mm (18.9 in.)
• Check for adequate clearance between implement 16.9 536 mm (21.1 in.)
rear tires. 18.4 578 mm (22.7 in.)
20.8 645 mm (25.4 in.)
• DO NOT use mix radial and bias-ply tires on 320 416 mm (16.4 in.)
same axle. 420 536 mm (21.1 in.)
650 779 mm (30.7 in.)

• Drive and dual tires mounted on the same axle

SUSPENDED FRONT AXLE
should all be inflated to the same pressure.

• Over inflating a radial tire reduces machine

performance. Using the correct inflation
N CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Axle is
under accumulator pressure. Securely
support axle, using jack stands of sufficient
pressures will result in optimum tractive
capacity, before adjusting wheels. Do NOT
performance.
support or lift tractor from center of axle.
USING TUBES WITH TUBELESS RADIAL TIRES
• Raise only one side of axle at a time and secure
with a jack stand.
Inflation pressure may be set as low as 40 kPa
(0.4 bar) (6 psi), if high quality (natural rubber) tubes
• Wheel adjustment should only proceed after both
are used. Lower quality tubes require the minimum
sides of axle are secured.
inflation pressure of 80 kPa (0.8 bar) (12 psi). Direct
questions regarding tube quality to your tire dealer.

RX7000,65,1 -19-13OCT98

60-1 090699
PN=121
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads
TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE GUIDELINES
• Check tire inflation pressure at least every two
weeks, while tires are cool, using an accurate dial
or stick-type gauge having 10 kPa (0.1 bar) (1 psi)
graduations.
NOTE: Use a special air-water gauge and measure
with valve stem at bottom if tires contain liquid
ballast.
Checking inflation pressures of inner wheels is
much easier, if valve stems of inner and outer
tires are aligned at the time the outer wheel is
installed.
Correctly inflated radial tires will show a deflection of
the sidewall. This is normal and will not harm the tire.
• Inflation pressures less than 83 kPa (0.8 bar)
(12 psi) should be monitored frequently because
of the increased risk of low pressure air leaks.
NOTE: Bead slip can be experienced in high-traction
conditions, with single tire usage. Increasing
the inflation pressure will help but will reduce
traction.
• Maximum tire pressure is specified on tire sidewall.
• Determine correct tire pressure by weighing tractor
using the following procedure:
• Front axle weight with implement lowered
• Rear axle weight with implement raised
Set tire inflation pressures according to weight
measured. Ballasting and tire inflation pressure may
need to be adjusted when operating conditions
change. Use the inflation tire charts on the following
pages.
NOTE: If tractor is equipped with front-mounted
implement, raise implement when determining
front axle weight and lower implement when
determining rear axle weight. If tractor is
equipped with both a front and rear-mounted
implement, raise both implements.
60-2
IMPORTANT: Inflation pressures exceeding heavy
ballast guidelines of 145 lbs/PTO-hp
(66 kg/PTO-hp) are not
recommended. Tractor efficiency will
be decreased. Use duals or a larger
rear tire size.
MANAGING TIRE INFLATION PRESSURES
IMPORTANT: Integral implements transfer
significant weight to rear axle.
Include this added weight when
determining correct inflation
pressures. (See Weight Added To
Rear Axle With Hitch Mounted
Implements chart in Optimum
Performance/Ballast section.)
• Tractors operating with a loader should
increase front tire pressures 30 kPa (0.3 bar)
(4 psi) above the values listed to compensate for
weight transfer.
• Tractors operating on steep side slopes or
furrow plowing should increase rear tire
pressures 30 kPa (0.3 bar) (4 psi) above the
values listed for base pressures 80 kPa (0.8 bar)
(12 psi) and above to compensate for lateral
weight transfer. For base pressures below 80 kPa
(0.8 bar) (12 psi), pressure should be increased
by 30 percent.
• Tractors with heavy hitch-mounted implements
require increased rear tire inflation pressures
to carry the increased weight during transport.
Reduce pressures to correct pressure for towed
implement operation.
• Tractors with heavy hitch-mounted implements
that require additional front cast-weights to
maintain steering stability also require
increased front tire inflation pressure to
carry the increased weight.
Remove added front weight and reduce
pressures to correct pressure for towed
implement operation.
RX8000,70,2 -19-06JUL98
090699
PN=122
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

RECOMMENDED PRESSURES—FRONT RADIAL TIRES

13.6R28 14.9R28 14.9R30 16.9R26 16.9R28 290/95R34 320/85R34 480/70R28
*** *** *** ** 136A8** *** *** 140A8**
Kg (lbs)a kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi)

1360 (3000) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6)
1590 (3500) 60(0.6)(8) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6)
1820 (4000) 70(0.7)(10) 50(0.5)(7) 50(0.5)(7) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 60(0.6)(8) 60(0.6)(8) 40(0.4)(6)
2040 (4500) 80(0.8)(12) 60(0.6)(9) 60(0.6)(9) 50(0.5)(7) 50(0.5)(7)) 80(0.8)(11) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

2270 (5000) 100(1.0)(15) 80(0.8)(11) 70(0.7)(10) 60(0.6)(8) 60(0.6)(8) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 40(0.4)(6)
2500 (5500) 120(1.2)(17) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 70(0.7)(10) 60(0.6)(9) 100(1.0)(15) 100(1.0)(14) 50(0.5)(7)
2720 (6000) 140(1.4)(20) 100(1.0)(15) 100(1.0)(14) 80(0.8)(11) 80(0.8)(11) 120(1.2)(17) 110(1.1)(16) 60(0.6)(9)
2950 (6500) 160(1.6)(23) 120(1.2)(17) 110(1.1)(16) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 130(1.3)(19) 120(1.2)(18) 70(0.7)(10)

3180 (7000) 180(1.8)(26) 140(1.4)(20) 130(1.3)(19) 100(1.0)(15) 100(1.0)(14) 140(1.4)(21) 140(1.4)(20) 80(0.8)(11)
3410 (7500) 210(2.1)(30) 150(1.5)(22) 140(1.4)(21) 120(1.2)(17) 110(1.1)(16) 160(1.6)(23) 150(1.5)(22) 90(0.9)(13)
3630 (8000) 210(2.1)(30*) 170(1.7)(25) 160(1.6)(23) 130(1.3)(19) 120(1.2)(18) 180(1.8)(26) 170(1.7)(24) 100(1.0)(14)
3860 (8500) — 190(1.9)(27 180(1.8)(26) 140(1.4)(21) 140(1.4)(20) 190(1.9)(28) 180(1.8)(26) 110(1.1)(16)

4090 (9000) — 210(2.1)(30) 190(1.9)(28) 160(1.6)(23) 150(1.5)(22) 210(2.1)(30*) 190(1.9)(28) 120(1.2)(17)

4310 (9500) — 210(2.1)(30*) 210(2.1)(30*) 170(1.7)(24) 160(1.6)(23) 210(2.1)(30** 210(2.1)(30*) 130(1.3)(19)
4540(10000) — 210(2.1)(30** 210(2.1)(30** 170(1.7)(24*) 160(1.6)(23*) — 210(2.1)(30** 140(1.4)(20)
4760(10500) — — — 170(1.7)(24** 160(1.6)(23** — — 140(1.4)(21)

4990(11000) — — — — — — — 160(1.6)(23)
5440(12000) — — — — — — — 160(1.6)(23**
5900(13000) — — — — — — — —
6350(14000) — — — — — — — —

a - Axle Load

* Maximum transport speed limited to 20 mph (30 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached

** Maximum transport speed limited to 15 mph (25 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached RX7010,65,1 -19-18NOV96

60-3 090699
PN=123
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

RECOMMENDED PRESSURES—REAR RADIAL TIRES

SINGLES DUALS
14.9R46 18.4R38 14.9R46 18.4R38
*** * *** *
Kg (lbs)a kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi)

3180 (7000) 90(0.9)(13) 60(0.6)(8) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

3400 (7500) 100(1.0)(14) 60(0.6)(9) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
3630 (8000) 110(1.1)(16) 70(0.7)(10) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
3860 (8500) 120(1.2)(18) 80(0.8)(11) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

4080 (9000) 130(1.3)(19) 80(0.8)(12) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

4310 (9500) 140(1.4)(21) 90(0.9)(13) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
4540 (10000) 160(1.6)(23) 100(1.0)(15) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
4760 (10500) 170(1.7)(25) 110(1.1)(16) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

4990 (11000) 190(1.9)(27) 120(1.2)(17) 70(0.7)(10) 50(0.5)(7)

5220 (11500) 210(2.1)(30) 120(1.2)(18*) 80(0.8)(11) 50(0.5)(7)
5440 (12000) 210(2.1)(30*) 120(1.2)(18*) 80(0.8)(12) 60(0.6)(8)
5670 (12500) — — 90(0.9)(13) 60(0.6)(8)

5900 (13000) — — 100(1.0)(14) 60(0.6)(9)

6120 (13500) — — 100(1.0)(15) 60(0.6)(9)
6350 (14000) — — 110(1.1)(16) 70(0.7)(10)
6580 (14500) — — 120(1.2)(17) 70(0.7)(10)

6800 (15000) — — 120(1.2)(18) 80(0.8)(11)

7030 (15500) — — 130(1.3)(19) 80(0.8)(12)
7260 (16000) — — 140(1.4)(20) 80(0.8)(12)
7480 (16500) — — 140(1.4)(21) 90(0.9)(13)

7720 (17000) — — 150(1.5)(22) 100(1.0)(14)

7940 (17500) — — 160(1.6)(23) 100(1.0)(14)
8170 (18000) — — 170(1.7)(24) 100(1.0)(15)
8400 (18500) — — 180(1.8)(26) 110(1.1)(16)

8630 (19000) — — 190(1.9)(27) 120(1.2)(17)

8850 (19500) — — 190(1.9)(28) 120(1.2)(18)
9080 (20000) — — 200(2.0)(29) —
9310 (20500) — — 210(2.1)(30) —

a - Total Rear Weight

* Maximum transport speed limited to 20 mph (30 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached

** Maximum transport speed limited to 15 mph (25 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached RX7010,65,2 -19-21JUN96

60-4 090699
PN=124
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

RECOMMENDED PRESSURES—REAR RADIAL TIRES

SINGLES DUALS
18.4R38 18.4R42 20.8R38 18.4R42
** 148A8** * 148A8**
Kg (lbs)a kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi)

3180 (7000) 60(0.6)(8) 50(0.5)(7) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6)

3400 (7500) 60(0.6)(9) 60(0.6)(8) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6)
3630 (8000) 70(0.7)(10) 60(0.6)(9) 50(0.5)(7) 40(0.4)(6)
3860 (8500) 80(0.8)(11) 70(0.7)(10) 60(0.6)(8) 40(0.4)(6)

4090 (9000) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(11) 60(0.6)(9) 40(0.4)(6)

4310 (9500) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
4540 (10000) 100(1.0)(15) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(11) 40(0.4)(6)
4760 (10500) 110(1.1)(16) 100(1.0)(15) 80(0.8)(12) 40(0.4)(6)

4990 (11000) 120(1.2)(17) 110(1.1)(16) 80(0.8)(12) 40(0.4)(6)

5220 (11500) 130(1.3)(19) 120(1.2)(17) 90(0.9)(13) 40(0.4)(6)
5440 (12000) 140(1.4)(20) 120(1.2)(18) 100(1.0)(14) 50(0.5)(7)
5670 (12500) 150(1.5)(22) 140(1.4)(20) 110(1.1)(16) 60(0.6)(8)

5960 (13000) 160(1.6)(23) 140(1.4)(21) 120(1.2)(17) 60(0.6)(8)

6120 (13500) 170(1.7)(24*) 150(1.5)(22) 120(1.2)(18) 60(0.6)(9)
6350 (14000) 170(1.7)(24**) 160(1.6)(23*) 120(1.2)(18*) 60(0.6)(9)
6580 (14500) — 160(1.6)(23**) 120(1.2)(18**) 70(0.7)(10)

6800 (15000) — — — 70(0.7)(10)

7030 (15500) — — — 80(0.8)(11)
7260 (16000) — — — 80(0.8)(11)
7480 (16500) — — — 80(0.8)(12)

7720 (17000) — — — 90(0.9)(13)

7940 (17500) — — — 90(0.9)(13)
8170 (18000) — — — 100(1.0)(14)
8400 (18500) — — — 100(1.0)(15)

8630 (19000) — — — 100(1.0)(15)

8850 (19500) — — — 110(1.1)(16)
9080 (20000) — — — 120(1.2)(17)
9310 (20500) — — — 120(1.2)(17)

9530 (21000) — — — 120(1.2)(18)

9760 (21500) — — — 130(1.3)(19)
9990 (22000) — — — 130(1.3)(19)
10220(22500) — — — 140(1.4)(20)

10440(23000) — — — 150(1.5)(22)
10900(24000) — — — 160(1.6)(23)
11350(25000) — — — —
11800(26000) — — — —

a - Total Rear Weight

* Maximum transport speed limited to 20 mph (30 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached

** Maximum transport speed limited to 15 mph (25 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached RX7010,65,3 -19-21JUN96

60-5 090699
PN=125
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

RECOMMENDED PRESSURES—REAR RADIAL TIRES

SINGLES DUALS
20.8R38 320/90R50 420/80R46 650/75R34 20.8R38 320/90R50 420/80R46
153A8** **** *** 162A8** 153A8** **** ***
Kg (lbs)a kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi)

3180 (7000) 40(0.4)(6) 100(1.0)(14) 60(0.6)(9) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

3400 (7500) 40(0.4)(6) 100(1.0)(15) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
3630 (8000) 50(0.5)(7) 120(1.2)(17) 80(0.8)(11) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
3860 (8500) 60(0.6)(8) 120(1.2)(18) 80(0.8)(12) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

4090 (9000) 60(0.6)(9) 140(1.4)(20) 90(0.9)(13) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

4310 (9500) 70(0.7)(10) 150(1.5)(22) 100(1.0)(15) 40(0.4)(6) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
4540 (10000) 80(0.8)(11) 160(1.6)(23) 110(1.1)(16) 50(0.5)(7) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)
4760 (10500) 80(0.8)(12) 170(1.7)(25) 120(1.2)(17) 60(0.6)(8) 40(0.4)(6) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6)

4990 (11000) 80(0.8)(12) 180(1.8)(26) 120(1.2)(18) 60(0.6)(8) 40(0.4)(6) 80(0.8)(11) 40(0.4)(6)

5220 (11500) 90(0.9)(13) 190(1.9)(28) 140(1.4)(20) 60(0.6)(9) 40(0.4)(6) 80(0.8)(12) 50(0.5)(7)
5440 (12000) 100(1.0)(14) 210(2.1)(30) 140(1.4)(21) 70(0.7)(10) 40(0.4)(6) 90(0.9)(13) 60(0.6)(8)
5670 (12500) 110(1.1)(16) 210(2.1)(31) 150(1.5)(22) 80(0.8)(11) 40(0.4)(6) 100(1.0)(14) 60(0.6)(8)

5900 (13000) 120(1.2)(17) 230(2.3)(33) 160(1.6)(23) 80(0.8)(11) 50(0.5)(7) 100(1.0)(15) 60(0.6)(9)

6120 (13500) 120(1.2)(18) 240(2.4)(34) 170(1.7)(25) 80(0.8)(12) 50(0.5)(7) 110(1.1)(16) 70(0.7)(10)
6350 (14000) 130(1.3)(19) 250(2.5)(36*) 180(1.8)(26) 90(0.9)(13) 50(0.5)(7) 120(1.2)(17) 80(0.8)(11)
6580 (14500) 140(1.4)(20) 250(2.5)(36**) 180(1.8)(27) 100(1.0)(14) 60(0.6)(8) 120(1.2)(18) 80(0.8)(12)

6800 (15000) 140(1.4)(21) — 190(1.9)(28) 100(1.0)(14) 60(0.6)(8) 130(1.3)(19) 80(0.8)(12)

7030 (15500) 150(1.5)(22) — 210(2.1)(30*) 100(1.0)(15) 60(0.6)(9) 140(1.4)(20) 90(0.9)(13)
7260 (16000) 160(1.6)(23*) — — 110(1.1)(16) 60(0.6)(9) 140(1.4)(20) 90(0.9)(13)
7480 (16500) — — — 120(1.2)(17) 60(0.6)(9) 140(1.4)(21) 100(1.0)(14)

7720 (17000) — — — 120(1.2)(18) 70(0.7)(10) 150(1.5)(22) 100(1.0)(15)

7940 (17500) — — — 120(1.2)(18) 70(0.7)(10) 160(1.6)(23) 110(1.1)(16)
8170 (18000) — — — 130(1.3)(19) 80(0.8)(11) 170(1.7)(24) 120(1.2)(17)
8400 (18500) — — — 140(1.4)(20) 80(0.8)(12) 170(1.7)(25) 120(1.2)(17)

8630 (19000) — — — 150(1.5)(22*) 80(0.8)(12) 180(1.8)(26) 120(1.2)(18)

8850 (19500) — — — — 90(0.9)(13) 180(1.8)(27) 130(1.3)(19)
9080 (20000) — — — — 90(0.9)(13) 190(1.9)(28) 140(1.4)(20)
9310 (20500) — — — — 100(1.0)(14) 190(1.9)(28) 140(1.4)(20)

9530 (21000) — — — — 100(1.0)(14) 200(2.0)(29) 140(1.4)(21)

9760 (21500) — — — — 100(1.0)(15) 210(2.1)(30) 150(1.5)(22)
9990 (22000) — — — — 110(1.1)(16) 210(2.1)(31) 150(1.5)(22)
10220(22500) — — — — 110(1.1)(16) 220(2.2)(32) 160(1.6)(23)

10440(23000) — — — — 120(1.2)(17) 240(2.4)(34) 170(1.7)(24)

10900(24000) — — — — 120(1.2)(18) — 170(1.7)(25)
11350(25000) — — — — 130(1.3)(19) — 180(1.8)(26)
11800(26000) — — — — — — —

a - Total Rear Weight

* Maximum transport speed limited to 20 mph (30 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached

** Maximum transport speed limited to 15 mph (25 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached RX7010,65,4 -19-21JUN96

60-6 090699
PN=126
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

RECOMMENDED PRESSURES—FRONT BIAS TIRES

TIRES 11.00-16 11.00-16 11.00-20 14L-16.1 14.9-28 14.9-30 16.9-26
8PR 12PR 12PR 10PR 10PR 10PR 10PR
Kg (lbs)a kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi)

1360 (3000) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

1590 (3500) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
1820 (4000) 190(1.9)(27) 190(1.9)(27) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
2040 (4500) 220(2.2)(32) 220(2.2)(32) 170(1.7)(24) 170(1.7)(24) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

2270 (5000) 260(2.6)(37) 260(2.6)(37) 180(1.8)(26) 190(1.9)(27) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

2500 (5500) 260(2.6)(37*) 300(3.0)(43) 210(2.1)(30) 210(2.1)(31) 100(1.0)(15) 100(1.0)(15) 80(0.8)(12)
2720 (6000) — 340(3.4)(49) 240(2.4)(35) 240(2.4)(35) 120(1.2)(18) 120(1.2)(17) 100(1.0)(14)
2950 (6500) — 390(3.9)(56) 270(2.7)(39) 280(2.8)(40) 140(1.4)(21) 140(1.4)(20) 110(1.1)(16)

3180 (7000) — 390(3.9)(56*) 300(3.9)(44) 280(2.8)(40*) 160(1.6)(23) 150(1.5)(22) 120(1.2)(18)

3410 (7500) — 410(4.1)(59**) 340(3.4)(49) 290(2.9)(42**)180(1.8)(26) 170(1.7)(25) 140(1.4)(20)
3630 (8000) — — 370(3.7)(54) — 200(2.0)(29) 200(2.0)(28) 150(1.5)(22)
3860 (8500) — — 390(3.9)(56*) — 210(2.1)(30*) 210(2.1)(30*) 170(1.7)(25)

4090 (9000) — — — — 220(2.2)(32**) 210(2.1)(30**) 190(1.9)(27)

4310 (9500) — — — — — — 210(2.1)(30*)
4540(10000) — — — — — — 220(2.2)(32**)
4770(10500) — — — — — — —

4990(11000) — — — — — — —
5450(12000) — — — — — — —
5900(13000) — — — — — — —
6360(14000) — — — — — — —

a - Total Weight

* Maximum transport speed limited to 20 mph (30 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached

** Maximum transport speed limited to 15 mph (25 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached RX7010,65,5 -19-18JUL96

60-7 090699
PN=127
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

RECOMMENDED PRESSURES—REAR BIAS TIRES

SINGLES DUALS
TIRES 18.4-38 20.8-38 18.4-42 23.1-34 18.4-38 20.8-38 18.4-42
8PR 8PR 10PR 8PR 8PR 8PR 10PR
Kg (lbs)a kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi) kPa(bar)(psi)

3180 (7000) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

3400 (7500) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
3630 (8000) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
3860 (8500) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

4080 (9000) 100(1.0)(15) 80(0.8)(12) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

4310 (9500) 110(1.1)(16) 80(0.8)(12) 100(1.0)(15) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
4540 (10000) 120(1.2)(18) 90(0.9)(13) 110(1.1)(16) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
4760 (10500) 130(1.3)(19) 100(1.0)(14) 120(1.2)(17) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

4990 (11000) 140(1.4)(20*) 100(1.0)(15) 130(1.3)(19) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

5220 (11500) 140(1.4)(20**) 110(1.1)(16) 140(1.4)(20) 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
5440 (12000) — 120(1.2)(17) 150(1.5)(22) 100(1.0)(14) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
5670 (12500) — 120(1.2)(18*) 170(1.7)(24) 100(1.0)(15) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

5900 (13000) — 120(1.2)(18**) 170(1.7)(25) 110(1.1)(16*) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

6120 (13500) — — 170(1.7)(25*) 110(1.1)(16**) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
6350 (14000) — — — — 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)
6580 (14500) — — — — 90(0.9)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

6800 (15000) — — — — 90(1.0)(13) 80(0.8)(12) 80(0.8)(12)

7030 (15500) — — — — 100(1.0)(14) 80(0.8)(12) 90(0.9)(13)
7260 (16000) — — — — 100(1.0)(15) 80(0.8)(12) 90(0.9)(13)
7480 (16500) — — — — 110(1.1)(16) 80(0.8)(12) 100(1.0)(14)

7720 (17000) — — — — 120(1.2)(17) 80(0.8)(12) 100(1.0)(15)

7940 (17500) — — — — 120(1.2)(17) 80(0.8)(12) 110(1.1)(16)
8170 (18000) — — — — 120(1.2)(18) 90(0.9)(13) 120(1.2)(17)
8400 (18500) — — — — 130(1.3)(19) 100(1.0)(14) 120(1.2)(18)

8630 (19000) — — — — 140(1.4)(20) 100(1.0)(14) 120(1.2)(18)

8850 (19500) — — — — 140(1.4)(20*) 100(1.0)(15) 130(1.3)(19)
9080 (20000) — — — — 140(1.4)(20**) 110(1.1)(16) 140(1.4)(20)
9310 (20500) — — — — — 110(1.1)(16) 140(1.4)(21)

9530 (21000) — — — — — 120(1.2)(17) 150(1.5)(22)

9760 (21500) — — — — — 120(1.2)(18*) 150(1.5)(22)
9990 (22000) — — — — — 120(1.2)(18**) 160(1.6)(23)
10220 (22500) — — — — — — 170(1.7)(24)

10440 (23000) — — — — — — 180(1.8)(26)

10900 (24000) — — — — — — 180(1.8)(26*)
11350 (25000) — — — — — — 180(1.8)(26**)
11800 (26000) — — — — — — —

a - Total Weight

* Maximum transport speed limited to 20 mph (30 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached

** Maximum transport speed limited to 15 mph (25 kph) unless

hitch-mounted implement attached RX7010,65,6 -19-21JUN96

60-8 090699
PN=128
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

USE CORRECT MECHANICAL FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE TIRE COMBINATIONS

To maintain proper control and maximize drawbar MFWD TIRE COMBINATIONS

pull, comply with the tire combinations listed. Correct
Rear Front
tire combinations reduce tire wear and fuel
Tire Size Tire Size Load Rating
consumption.
18.4-38 16.9-26 (R1) 10
IMPORTANT: Avoid excessive drive train wear. Do 20.8-38
not mix worn and new tires, bias 23.1-34
and radial or tires of different
diameters. Do not use R2 tires in 18.4-38 16.9-26 (R2) 10
18.4R42
combination with R1.
20.8-38
23.1-34

18.4R38 16.9R26 **

18.4R38 13.6R28 ***

18.4-38 14.9-28 (R1) 10

18.4R38 14.9R28 ***

18.4R42 16.9R28 **
20.8R38
650/75R34

18.4R-42 16.9R28 136A8**

20.8R-38

18.4-42 14.9-30 (R1) 10

14.9R46 14.9R30 ***

18.4R42
20.8R38

14.9R46 290/95R34 ***

18.4R42
320/90R50
420/80R46

14.9R46 320/85R34 ***

18.4R42
320/90R50
420/80R46

18.4R-42 480/70R-28 141A8**

20.8R-38
650/75R34

RX7010,65,7 -19-18NOV96

60-9 090699
PN=129
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TIGHTENING REAR WHEEL BOLTS

N CAUTION: Avoid the possibility of personal

injury. Never operate tractor with loose wheel
bolts. Wheel bolts are critical and require

-UN-03DEC93
retightening. Install wheels and ballast so
periodic checking of tightness can be done
easily.

Tighten bolts (A) to 204 N·m (150 lb-ft) when first

RW55124
installed.

Retighten to 410 N·m (300 lb-ft).

Drive tractor about 100 m (100 yd), then tighten

bolts (A) to 600 N·m (445 lb-ft) on steel wheels
and 600 N·m (445 lb-ft) on cast wheels.

-UN-03DEC93
Retighten bolts after working three hours and again
after ten hours.

IMPORTANT: When sleeve retaining bolts (A) have

been loosened, both sleeve halves

RW55125
must be tightened evenly to prevent
hub cracking or bolt loosening.

A—Sleeve Retaining Bolt

Cast Wheels:
First tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 N·m (150 lb-ft
Second tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 N·m (300 lb-ft
Final tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft
Steel Wheels:
First tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 N·m (150 lb-ft
Second tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 N·m (300 lb-ft
Final tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft
B—Wheel-to-Rim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft
C—Steel Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft

RX7000,65,7 -19-18NOV96

60-10 090699
PN=130
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TIGHTENING FRONT WHEEL AND

AXLE BOLTS

N CAUTION: Avoid the possibility of personal

injury. Never operate tractor with loose wheel

-UN-28JUL92
bolts or axle components. Wheel bolts are
critical and require retightening. Install wheels
and ballast so periodic checking of tightness
can be done easily.

RW21364
IMPORTANT: If bolts (C) have been loosened, wheel
must be removed and placed on the
ground to center the disk to the rim. Be
sure disk is flat to rim before
tightening.

Tighten bolts to specification.

-UN-25JUN93
Axle Torques:
A—Regular or Wide Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)

Two-Wheel Drive Wheel Torques:

B—Front Wheel-to-Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 N·m (230 lb-ft)

RW55091
MFWD Wheel Torques:
C—Rim-to-Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 N·m (230 lb-ft)
D—Disk-to-Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)

Drive tractor about 100 m (100 yd), and retighten bolts

to specified torque.

Retighten bolts after working three hours and again after

ten hours.

RX7000,65,8 -19-14DEC95

60-11 090699
PN=131
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

FRONT AXLE TREAD SETTINGS—

STANDARD SETTINGS
Front axles (A) have seven standard tread settings.

-UN-25JUN93
RW22663
Tire Valve Stem Axle Position
Size Location
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

11.00-16 Out 1525 mm 1625 mm 1725 mm 1830 mm 1930 mm 2030 mm 2135 mm

(60 in.) (64 in.) (68 in.) (72 in.) (76 in.) (80 in.) (84 in.)

In 1625 mm 1725 mm 1830 mm 1930 mm 2030 mm 2135 mm 2235 mm

(64 in.) (68 in.) (72 in.) (76 in.) (80 in.) (84 in.) (88 in.)

11.00-20 Out 1525 mm 1625 mm 1725 mm 1830 mm 1930 mm 2030 mm 2135 mm

(60 in.) (64 in.) (68 in.) (72 in.) (76 in.) (80 in.) (84 in.)

In 1625 mm 1725 mm 1830 mm 1930 mm 2030 mm 2135 mm 2235 mm

(64 in.) (68 in.) (72 in.) (76 in.) (80 in.) (84 in.) (88 in.)

14L-16.1 Out 1575 mm 1675 mm 1780 mm 1880 mm 1980 mm 2085 mm 2185 mm

(62 in.) (66 in.) (70 in.) (74 in.) (78 in.) (82 in.) (86 in.)

RX7000,65,9 -19-06JUL98

60-12 090699
PN=132
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

FRONT AXLE TREAD SETTINGS—

WITH EXTENSIONS
Front axles (A) have seven tread settings with
extensions.

-UN-28JUL92
RW21366
Tire Valve Stem Axle Position
Size Location
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

11.00-16 Out 1970 mm 2070 mm 2170 mm 2275 mm 2375 mm 2475 mm 2580 mm

(77.5 in.) (81.5 in.) (85.5 in.) (89.5 in.) (93.5 in.) (97.5 in.) (101.5 in.)

11.00-20 Out 1970 mm 2070 mm 2170 mm 2275 mm 2375 mm 2475 mm 2580 mm

(77.5 in.) (81.5 in.) (85.5 in.) (89.5 in.) (93.5 in.) (97.5 in.) (101.5 in.)

14L-16.1 Out 2020 mm 2120 mm 2220 mm 2325 mm 2425 mm 2525 mm 2630 mm

(79.5 in.) (83.5 in.) (87.5 in.) (91.5 in.) (95.5 in.) (99.5 in.) (103.5 in.)

RX7000,65,10 -19-18JUL96

60-13 090699
PN=133
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

ADJUSTING FRONT AXLE

IMPORTANT: Do not place jack under engine oil pan.

1. Jack up front end of tractor.

-UN-28JUL92
2. Remove bolts (A) from tie rod and bolts (B) from axle.

3. Slide axle knee to desired position and tighten

bolts (B) to 600 N·m (445 lb-ft).

RW21367
4. Install bolts in tie rod (A) making sure tie rod is
changed same amount as axle.

5. Adjust other side using the same procedure. Both

sides should normally have the same spacing.

6. Check toe-in and adjust as required.

RX7000,65,11 -19-26JAN93

CHECKING TOE-IN—ADJUSTABLE AXLE

1. Measure distance between tires at hub level in front of

axle. Mark the point that is measured.

-UN-21JUN96
2. Move tractor back about 1 m (3 ft), so mark is at hub
level behind the axle. Again measure distance between
tires, at same point on tire. Front measurement should
be 3—9 mm (1/8—3/8 in.) less than rear measurement.

RW55819
RX7010,65,8 -19-21JUN96

ADJUSTING TOE-IN—ADJUSTABLE AXLE

1. Remove bolts (A) from tie rod tube and loosen

clamp (B).
-UN-25JUN93

-UN-25JUN93

2. Rotate tube to lengthen or shorten tie rod. Adjust

toe-in to 3—7 mm (1/8—1/4 in.).

3. Replace bolts, tighten nuts to 61 N·m (45 lb-ft) and

tighten clamp to 68 N·m (50 lb-ft).
RW55002

RW55003

RX7000W,65,15 -19-31MAR95

60-14 090699
PN=134
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

CHECKING TOE-IN—MFWD AXLE

1. Measure distance between centerline of tires at the

hub level in front of axle, using an outside bar of each
tire or an inside bar of each tire. Mark the point that is

-UN-21JUN96
measured.

2. Move tractor forward 180˚.

3. Repeat step 1 at rear of tire, at the same point.

RW55820
4. Determine the difference between front and rear
measurements. The difference may be in either
direction (toe-in or toe-out), but should be less
than 3 mm (1/8 in.).

RX7010,65,9 -19-21JUN96

ADJUSTING TOE-IN—MFWD AXLE

1. Loosen nuts on both ends of the right and left tie rod
tubes (A).

-UN-05AUG98
2. Rotate tubes to lengthen or shorten tie rods, as
needed to obtain toe-in or toe-out of less than 3 mm
(1/8 in.). Each 1/8 turn equals approximately 4 mm
(3/16 in.) change.

RW56618
3. Tighten nuts on both ends of right and left tie rod
tubes (A) to 75 N·m (55 lb-ft).

NOTE: Bolt threads should point to front of tractor.

RX7000W,65,17A -19-13OCT98

60-15 090699
PN=135
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

MECHANICAL FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE TREAD

SETTINGS **

NOTE: Wheel as viewed from behind left front tire. Tread

settings are measured at bottom centerline of tire.

Use diagram as a guide to adjust the rim and disk, to a

desired tread setting with 13.6, 14.9, 16.9, 290, 320, or
480 tires.

Valve Stem Out Valve Stem In

A —1524 mm (60 in.) —

B —1626 mm (64 in.)* —
C— — 1727 mm (68 in.)
D— — 1829 mm (72 in.)
E —1930 mm (76 in.) —
F —2032 mm (80 in.) —
G— — 2134 mm (84 in.)
H— — 2235 mm (88 in.)

IMPORTANT: After setting wheel spacing, tighten

rim-to-disk bolts to 310 N·m (230 lb-ft)
and disk-to-hub nuts to 600 N·m
(445 lb-ft).

Adjust fenders and steering stops as required.

-UN-07MAY98
RW56581

* Tread spacer kit available from your John Deere Dealer to obtain a
1676 mm (66 in.) tread setting

** With Fenders RX7000,65,16 -19-06JUL98

60-16 090699
PN=136
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

SETTING STEERING STOP POSITIONS

1. Adjust fenders before setting steering stop positions.

2. Select correct steering stop position for tire size and

-UN-14JUL98
tread setting. See following chart.

3. Set steering stops to correct position by measuring

bolt length, as illustrated.

RW56595
4. Tighten steering stop retaining nuts to 250 N·m
(185 lb-ft).

5. Turn wheel fully to the right. Impact knuckle housing

to steering stop five times. Repeat for left side.

6. Retighten steering stop retaining nuts to 250 N·m

(185 lb-ft).

IMPORTANT: These settings allow 25 mm (1 in.)

minimum clearance at maximum turn
and fully oscillated conditions of axle.
Fenders may deflect against side frame,
and/or grille screen during full turn.
The settings are meant as a
recommendation, but depending on
how the tractor is equipped, minimized
turn radius may be obtained by utilizing
a shorter stop position. However,
clearance must be checked under full
oscillation and full turn. Check for
interference with front weights, tie rods
and side frames.

7. Verify clearance by turning steering wheel fully to the

left and then to the right.

STEERING STOP POSITIONS

Position Turn Angle Bolt Length

0 52˚ 42 mm
1 42˚ 61.5 mm
2 38˚ 71 mm
3 34˚ 80 mm
4 25˚ 100.5 mm

RX7000E,65,8B -19-13OCT98

60-17 090699
PN=137
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

MFWD STEERING STOP POSITIONS WITH FENDERS

Tread 13.6R28 14.9-28 14.9-30 16.9-26 16.9R28 290/95R34 480/70R28
Setting 14.9R28 14.9R30 16.9R26 320/85R34

1525 mm P 3 4 4 4 4 3 4
(60.0 in.)

1625 mm P 2 2 2 4 4 2 4
(64.0 in.)

1725 mm P 1 2 2 2 2 1 3
(68.0 in.)

1825 mm P 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
(72.0 in.)

1925 mm P 0 0 0 0 1 0 2
(76.0 in.)

2025 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(80.0 in.)

2125 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(84.0 in.)

2225 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(88.0 in.)

P—Position of steering stop

RX7000,65,18B -19-13OCT98

60-18 090699
PN=138
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

MFWD STEERING STOP POSITIONS LESS FENDERS

Tread 13.6R28 14.9-28 14.9-30 16.9-26 16.9R28 290/95R34 480/70R28
Setting 14.9R28 14.9R30 16.9R26 320/85R34

1525 mm P 3 4 4 4 4 2 4
(60.0 in.)

1625 mm P 1 1 2 4 4 1 4
(64.0 in.)

1725 mm P 0 1 1 2 2 0 2
(68.0 in.)

1825 mm P 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
(72.0 in.)

1925 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(76.0 in.)

2025 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(80.0 in.)

2125 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(84.0 in.)

2225 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(88.0 in.)

P—Position of steering stop

RX7000,65,18C -19-13OCT98

60-19 090699
PN=139
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION STEERING STOP POSITIONS WITH FENDERS

Tread 13.6R28 14.9-28 14.9-30 16.9-26 16.9R28 290/95R34 480/70R28
Setting 14.9R28 14.9R30 16.9R26 320/85R34

1525 mm P 4 4 4 4 4 3 —
(60.0 in.)

1625 mm P 2 2 4 3 4 2 4
(64.0 in.)

1725 mm P 1 2 3 3 3 1 3
(68.0 in.)

1825 mm P 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
(72.0 in.)

1925 mm P 0 0 1 1 1 0 2
(76.0 in.)

2025 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(80.0 in.)

2125 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(84.0 in.)

2225 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(88.0 in.)

P—Position of steering stop

RX7000,65,18D -19-13OCT98

60-20 090699
PN=140
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION STEERING STOP POSITIONS LESS FENDERS

Tread 13.6R28 14.9-28 14.9-30 16.9-26 16.9R28 290/95R34 480/70R28
Setting 14.9R28 14.9R30 16.9R26 320/85R34

1525 mm P 3 4 4 4 4 2 —
(60.0 in.)

1625 mm P 1 1 3 3 4 1 4
(64.0 in.)

1725 mm P 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
(68.0 in.)

1825 mm P 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
(72.0 in.)

1925 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(76.0 in.)

2025 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(80.0 in.)

2125 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(84.0 in.)

2225 mm P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(88.0 in.)

P—Position of steering stop

RX7000,65,18E -19-13OCT98

60-21 090699
PN=141
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

ADJUSTING FENDERS

1. Position tires and rims at desired tread setting.

2. Position fender mounting bracket (A) as illustrated for

tread settings with rim disk “in”. Use second set of holes
for tread settings with rim disk “out”.

3. Position fender support arms (B) as illustrated for 28

-UN-14JUL98
inch and larger diameter tires. Two of the three slots in
the support arm and support arm extension (C) should
be centered over the tire center.

RW56607
NOTE: Minimum clearance between fender support arms
and tires should be 40 mm (1.6 in.).

4. Center the fender over the tires using slots in support

extension arms and tighten cap screws.

5. Check steering stop adjustment.

NOTE: Steering stop settings allow 25 mm (1 in.)

-UN-16FEB99
minimum clearance at maximum turn. Fender
deflection against side frame during full turn and
oscillation of axle is acceptable.

RW19909A
6. Tighten the fender mounting bracket-to-steering arm
cap screws to 90 N·m (67 lb-ft) and upper and lower
support attaching cap screws and nuts to 224 N·m
(166 lb-ft).

FENDER INTERFERENCE WITH LOADER

IMPORTANT: Fenders may be damaged from contact

-UN-16FEB99
with loader frame. Tread settings,
steering stops, and fender positions
need adjustment when installing front
end loader.

RW20339A
Fender may deflect against loader frame. During normal
operation, the frequency of contact between the fender
and loader frame should be low and the amount of
interference should cause no permanent damage to the
loader, tires, or fenders. See loader operator manual for
recommendations. A—Fender Mounting Bracket
B—Fender Support Arms
C—Fender Support Arm Extension
D—Fender Support Rod

RX7010,65,10 -19-19FEB99

60-22 090699
PN=142
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

FENDER POSITIONS

Use diagram as a guide to adjust fender to desired tread

setting.

Valve Stem Out Valve Stem In

A —1524 mm (60 in.) —

B —1626 mm (64 in.) —
C— — 1727 mm (68 in.)
D— — 1829 mm (72 in.)
E —1930 mm (76 in.) —
F —2032 mm (80 in.) —
G— — 2134 mm (84 in.)
H— — 2235 mm (88 in.)

RX7010,65,10A -19-06JUL98

60-23 090699
PN=143
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

FENDER POSITIONS

-UN-26JUN98
RW56591

RX7010,65,10B -19-06JUL98

60-24 090699
PN=144
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

ADJUSTING REAR WHEELS—CAST

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or death.

NEVER run the engine with transmission in
gear and rear wheels off the ground. Front
wheels on tractors with MFWD could pull
rear wheels off support. MFWD must be
DISENGAGED and transmission in NEUTRAL
to rotate axle by hand.

1. Clean axle with a steel brush.

2. Jack up the tractor and turn wheel so the rack on the

axle faces upward.

3. Loosen the lower hub center bolt against the retaining

nut. Loosen the outer hub sleeve bolts.

4. Tighten the inner jack screws on the upper and lower

-UN-25JUN93
hub sleeves to loosen sleeves. Tighten jack screws up to
500—600 N·m (370—440 lb-ft) if necessary.

NOTE: If sleeves are difficult to break loose, strike end

of axle with a heavy hammer. Penetrating oil may

RW22210
also help. Retighten jack screws.

5. Turn adjusting screw to slide wheel to desired

position. Observe tread width limitations.

6. Back off the jack screws all the way against the stop.

N CAUTION: Never operate tractor with a loose

rim, wheel, or hub.

IMPORTANT: Keep the face of hub sleeves even to

prevent hub breakage or bolt
loosening.

7. Tighten hub sleeve bolts to 204 N·m (150 lb-ft)

beginning with the center bolt in the lower hub sleeve,
then criss-crossing the other bolts.

Retighten bolts to 410 N·m (300 lb-ft) using the

same tightening sequence.

Drive tractor a minimum of 100 m (100 yd) to seat

the sleeves. Tighten bolts to 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)
using the same tightening sequence.

Recheck all bolts after working three hours and again

after ten hours to insure correct torque specification.

RX7000W,65,22 -19-08NOV96

60-25 090699
PN=145
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

ADJUSTING REAR WHEELS—STEEL

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or death.

NEVER run the engine with transmission in
gear and rear wheels off the ground. Front
wheels on tractors with MFWD could pull
rear wheels off support. MFWD must be
DISENGAGED and transmission in NEUTRAL
to rotate axle by hand.

1. Clean axle with a steel brush.

2. Jack up the tractor and turn wheel so the rack on the

axle faces upward.

-UN-25JUN93
3. Loosen the hub center bolts against the retaining nuts.

4. Remove the outer hub sleeve bolts.

RW22211
5. Use hub sleeve bolts in the jack screws to loosen
sleeves. Tighten jack screws up to 500—600 N·m
(370—440 lb-ft) if necessary.

NOTE: If sleeves are difficult to break loose, strike end

of axle with a heavy hammer. Penetrating oil may
also help. Retighten jack screws.

-UN-28JUL92
6. Remove jack screws from upper hub sleeve and
install JDG667A Wheel Adjusting Tool (available from
your John Deere Dealer) using sleeve bolts. Move wheel
to desire position. Observe tread width limitations.

RW21374
7. Remove adjusting tool and jack screws.

N CAUTION: Never operate tractor with a loose

rim, wheel, or hub.

IMPORTANT: Keep the face of hub sleeves even to

prevent hub breakage or bolt
loosening.

8. Tighten hub sleeve bolts to 204 N·m (150 lb-ft)

beginning with the center bolts, then criss-crossing the
other bolts.

Retighten bolts to 410 N·m (300 lb-ft) using the

same tightening sequence.

Drive tractor a minimum of 100 m (100 yd) to seat

the sleeves. Tighten bolts to 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)
using the same tightening sequence.

Recheck all bolts after working three hours and again

after ten hours to insure correct torque specification.

RX7000W,65,23 -19-08NOV96

60-26 090699
PN=146
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

REAR TREAD RANGES

Tread setting is measured between center of tires
Radial-ply tires do not require special rims.
Cast wheels are used inside and steel wheels on the
outside on tractors with duals. Cast and steel wheels
have two positions for 16.9, 18.4, 20.8, 23.1 and
650/75 tires. Steel wheels for 14.9, 320/90 and
420/80 tires have 16 positions.

RX7000,65,25 -19-31MAR95

SINGLE REAR-WHEEL TREAD SETTINGS

2438 mm (96 in.) Axle 2808 mm (110.5 in.) Axle 3012 mm (118.6 in.) Axle
Tire Wheel Wheel Wheel Wheel Wheel Wheel
Size Range Dished In Dished Out Dished In Dished Out Dished In Dished Out

14.9-46, Min. 1525 mm 1817 mm 1525 mm 1823 mm 1525 mm 1821 mm

16.9, (60.0 in.) (71.6 in.) (60.0 in.) (71.8 in.) (60.0 in.) (71.7 in.)
320/90 and
420/80 Max. 1873 mm 2178 mm 2243 mm 2548 mm 2447 mm 2752 mm
(73.7 in.) (85.7 in.) (88.3 in.) (100.3 in.) (96.3 in.) (108.3 in.)

18.4 Min. 1525 mm 1817 mm 1525 mm 1823 mm 1525 mm 1821 mm

(60.0 in.) (71.6 in.) (60.0 in.) (71.8 in.) (60.0 in.) (71.7 in.)

Max. 1873 mm 2178 mm 2243 mm 2548 mm 2447 mm 2752 mm

(73.7 in.) (85.7 in.) (88.3 in.) (100.3 in.) (96.3 in.) (108.3 in.)

20.8 Min. 1588 mm 1817 mm 1588 mm 1823 mm 1588 mm 1821 mm

(62.5 in.) (71.6 in.) (62.5 in.) (71.8 in.) (62.5 in.) (71.7 in.)

Max. 1873 mm 2178 mm 2243 mm 2548 mm 2447 mm 2752 mm

(73.7 in.) (85.7 in.) (88.3 in.) (100.3 in.) (96.3 in.) (108.3 in.)

23.1 and Min. 1716 mm 2021 mm 1722 mm 2026 mm 1720 mm 2025 mm

650/75 (67.6 in.) (79.6 in.) (67.8 in.) (79.8 in.) (67.7 in.) (79.7 in.)

Max. 2077 mm 2382 mm 2447 mm 2752 mm 2651 mm 2956 mm

(81.8 in.) (93.8 in.) (96.3 in.) (108.3) (104.4 in.) (116.4 in.)

NOTE: Combinations of rims and castings can result in

different values.

RX,111556,70,11-19-18NOV96

60-27 090699
PN=147
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

DUAL WHEELS

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or death.

NEVER run the engine with transmission in
gear and rear wheels off the ground. Front
wheels on tractors with MFWD could pull rear
wheels off support.

Make sure MFWD is DISENGAGED and

transmission gear shift lever is in NEUTRAL
position to rotate axle by hand.

IMPORTANT: Check minimum tire spacing between

dual wheels (A). Duals can not be used
with 2438 mm (96 in.) axles.

-UN-03DEC93
Tighten retaining bolts (B), special sleeve bolts (D), and
rim flange bolts.

NOTE: When removing a wheel for single wheel

RW55138
operation, always remove steel disk wheel (C)
and operate tractor on cast wheel with flanged
rim (E).

A—Minimum Space
B—Retaining Bolts
C—Steel Disk Wheel
D—Sleeve Bolts
E—Cast Wheel

RX7010,65,11 -19-21JUN96

60-28 090699
PN=148
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

DUAL TIRE TREAD SETTINGS

Axle Length Tire Inner Outer Outer Tire

mm (in.) Size Wheel Wheel Inner Tire Range Range
Dished Dished
Min—Max Maximum with Min—Max
mm dual hub mm
(in.) extension (in.)

2808 (110.5) 16.9 In Out 1525—1829 1829 2803—3114

(60.0—72.0) (72.0) (110.3—122.6)
Out Out 1823—2043 2134 2894—3114
(71.8—80.4) (84.0) (113.9—122.6)

18.4 In Out 1525—1829 1829 2810—3114

(60.0—72.0) (72.0) (110.6—122.6)
Out Out 1823—1959 2134 2978—3114
(71.8—77.1) (84.0) (117.2—122.6)

20.8 In Out 1588—1829 1829 2978—3219

(62.5—72.0) (72.0) (117.3—126.7)
Out Out 1823—1930 2134 3112—3219
(71.8—76.0) (84.0) (122.5—126.7)

3012 (118.5) 16.9 In In 1525—1580 2033 2588—2651

(60.0—62.2) (80.0) (101.9—104.4)
In Out 1525—2033 2033 2802—3318
(60.0—80.0) (80.0) (110.3—130.6)
Out Out 1821—2247 2338 2893—3318
(71.7—88.5) (92.0) (113.9—130.6)

18.4 In Out 1525—2033 2033 2810—3318

(60.0—80.0) (80.0) (110.6—130.6)
Out Out 1821—2163 2338 2977—3318
(71.7—85.2) (92.0) (117.2—130.6)

20.8 In Out 1588—2033 2033 2978—3423

(62.5—80.0) (80.0) (117.3—134.8)
Out Out 1821—2134 2338 3111—3423
(71.7—84.0) (92.0) (122.5—134.8)
RX,111556,70,15-19-16DEC93

60-29 090699
PN=149
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

DUAL WHEEL TREAD SETTINGS—SIXTEEN POSITION STEEL WHEELS

-UN-21AUG92
RW21124

Dual wheel positions for 320/90, 380/90, 14.9 and

420/80 tires with sixteen position steel wheel as
viewed from behind left rear tire.

RX8000,70,28 -19-12OCT98

60-30 090699
PN=150
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TREAD SETTINGS FOR DUALS WITH 2808 MM (110.5 IN.) AXLE

320 TIRE

INNER TIRE RANGE OUTER TIRE RANGE

Dished Minimum—Maximum Maximum with Dual Position Minimum—Maximum
Hub Extension

In 1524—1827 mm 1829 mm E 2355—2658 mm

(60.0—71.9 in.) (72 in.) (92.7—104.6 in.)
Out 1817—1827 mm 2134 mm E 2648—2658 mm
(71.5—71.9 in.) (84 in.) (104.3—104.6 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm F 2403—2708 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (94.6—106.6 in.)
Out 1817—1877 mm 2134 mm F 2648—2708 mm
71.5—73.9 in.) (84 in.) (104.3—106.6)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm G 2446—2751 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (96.3—108.3)
Out 1817—1920 mm 2134 mm G 2648—2751 mm
(71.5—75.6 in.) (84 in.) (104.3—108.3)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm J 2505—2810 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (98.6—110.6)
Out 1817—1979 mm 2134 mm J 2648—2810 mm
(71.5—77.9 in.) (84 in.) (104.3—110.6 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm K 2548—2853 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (100.3—112.3)
Out 1817—2022 mm 2134 mm K 2648—2853 mm
(71.5—79.6 in.) (84 in.) (104.3—112.3 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm N 2810—3115 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (110.6—122.6 in.)
Out 1817—2134 mm 2134 mm N 2798—3115 mm
(71.5—84.0 in.) (84 in.) (110.1—122.6 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm O 2853—3158 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (112.3—124.3)
Out 1817—2134 mm 2134 mm O 2841—3158 mm
(71.5—84.0 in.) (84 in.) (111.8—124.3 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm P 2903—3209 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72.0 in.) (114.3—126.3)
Out 1817—2134 mm 2134 mm P 2892—3209 mm
(71.5—84.0 in.) (84 in.) (113.8—126.3 in.)

RX8000,70,29 -19-08JUL94

60-31 090699
PN=151
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TREAD SETTINGS FOR DUALS WITH 2808 MM (110.5 IN.) AXLE

14.9/380 TIRE

INNER TIRE RANGE OUTER TIRE RANGE

Dished Minimum—Maximum Maximum with Dual Position Minimum—Maximum
Hub Extension

In 1524—1698 mm 1829 mm E 2484—2658 mm

(60.0—66.8 in.) (72 in.) (97.8—104.6 in.)

In 1524—1749 mm 1829 mm F 2484—2708 mm

(60.0—68.8 in.) (72 in.) (97.8—106.6 in.)

In 1524—1792 mm 1829 mm G 2484—2751 mm

(60.0—70.5 in.) (72 in.) (97.8—108.3)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm J 2505—2810 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (98.6—110.6)
Out 1817—1850 mm 2134 mm J 2777—2810 mm
(71.5—72.8 in.) (84 in.) (109.3—110.6 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm K 2548—2853 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (100.3—112.3)
Out 1817—1893 mm 2134 mm K 2777—2853 mm
(71.5—74.5 in.) (84 in.) (109.3—112.3 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm N 2810—3115 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (110.6—122.6 in.)
Out 1817—2134 mm 2134 mm N 2798—3115 mm
(71.5—84.0 in.) (84 in.) (110.1—122.6 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm O 2853—3158 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (112.3—124.3)
Out 1817—2134 mm 2134 mm O 2841—3158 mm
(71.5—84.0 in.) (84 in.) (111.8—124.3 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm P 2903—3209 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72.0 in.) (114.3—126.3)
Out 1817—2134 mm 2134 mm P 2892—3209 mm
(71.5—84.0 in.) (84 in.) (113.8—126.3 in.)

RX8000,70,30 -19-12OCT98

60-32 090699
PN=152
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TREAD SETTINGS FOR DUALS WITH 2808 MM (110.5 IN.) AXLE

420 TIRE

INNER TIRE RANGE OUTER TIRE RANGE

Dished Minimum—Maximum Maximum with Dual Position Minimum—Maximum
Hub Extension

In 1524—1609 mm 1829 mm E 2573—2658 mm

(60.0—63.3 in.) (72 in.) (101.3—104.6 in.)

In 1524—1659 mm 1829 mm F 2573—2708 mm

(60.0—65.3 in.) (72 in.) (101.3—106.6 in.)

In 1524—1702 mm 1829 mm G 2573—2751 mm

(60.0—67.0 in.) (72 in.) (101.3—108.3)

In 1524—1761 mm 1829 mm J 2573—2810 mm

(60.0—69.3 in.) (72 in.) (101.3—110.6)

In 1524—1804 mm 1829 mm K 2573—2853 mm

(60.0—71.0 in.) (72 in.) (101.3—112.3)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm N 2810—3115 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (110.6—122.6 in.)
Out 1817—2066 mm 2134 mm N 2866—3115 mm
(71.5—81.3 in.) (84 in.) (112.8—122.6 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm O 2853—3158 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72 in.) (112.3—124.3)
Out 1817—2109 mm 2134 mm O 2866—3158 mm
(71.5—83.0 in.) (84 in.) (112.8—124.3 in.)

In 1524—1829 mm 1829 mm P 2903—3209 mm

(60.0—72.0 in.) (72.0 in.) (114.3—126.3)
Out 1817—2134 mm 2134 mm P 2892—3209 mm
(71.5—84.0 in.) (84 in.) (113.8—126.3 in.)

RX8000,70,31 -19-08JUL94

60-33 090699
PN=153
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TREAD SETTINGS FOR DUALS WITH 3012 MM (118.5 IN.) AXLE

320 TIRE

INNER TIRE RANGE OUTER TIRE RANGE

Dished Minimum—Maximum Maximum with Dual Position Minimum—Maximum
Hub Extension

In 1524—2031 mm 2033 mm E 2355—2862 mm

(60.0—79.9 in.) (80 in.) (92.7—112.7 in.)
Out 1817—2031 mm 2338 mm E 2648—2862 mm
(71.5—79.9 in.) (92 in.) (104.3—112.7 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm F 2403—2912 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (94.6—114.7 in.)
Out 1817—2081 mm 2338 mm F 2648—2912 mm
71.5—81.9 in.) (92 in.) (104.3—114.7)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm G 2446—2955 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (96.3—116.4)
Out 1817—2124 mm 2338 mm G 2648—2955 mm
(71.5—83.6 in.) (92 in.) (104.3—116.4)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm J 2505—3014 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (98.6—118.7)
Out 1817—2183 mm 2338 mm J 2648—3014 mm
(71.5—85.9 in.) (92 in.) (104.3—118.7 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm K 2548—3057 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (100.3—120.4)
Out 1817—2226 mm 2338 mm K 2648—3057 mm
(71.5—87.6 in.) (92 in.) (104.3—120.4 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm N 2810—3319 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (110.6—130.7 in.)
Out 1817—2338 mm 2338 mm N 2798—3319 mm
(71.5—92.0 in.) (92 in.) (110.1—130.7 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm O 2853—3362 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (112.3—132.4)
Out 1817—2338 mm 2338 mm O 2841—3362 mm
(71.5—92.0 in.) (92 in.) (111.8—132.4 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm P 2903—3413 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80.0 in.) (114.3—134.4)
Out 1817—2338 mm 2338 mm P 2892—3413 mm
(71.5—92.0 in.) (92 in.) (113.8—134.4 in.)

RX8000,70,32 -19-08JUL94

60-34 090699
PN=154
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TREAD SETTINGS FOR DUALS WITH 3012 MM (118.5 IN.) AXLE

14.9/380 TIRE

INNER TIRE RANGE OUTER TIRE RANGE

Dished Minimum—Maximum Maximum with Dual Position Minimum—Maximum
Hub Extension

In 1524—1902 mm 2033 mm E 2484—2862 mm

(60.0—74.9 in.) (80 in.) (97.8—112.7 in.)
Out 1817—1902 mm 2338 mm E 2777—2862 mm
(71.5—74.9 in.) (92 in.) (109.3—112.7)

In 1524—1953 mm 2033 mm F 2484—2912 mm

(60.0—76.9 in.) (80 in.) (97.8—114.7 in.)
Out 1817—1953 mm 2338 mm F 2777—2912 mm
(71.5—76.9 in.) (92 in.) (109.3—114.7 in.)

In 1524—1996 mm 2033 mm G 2484—2955 mm

(60.0—78.6 in.) (80 in.) (97.8—116.4)
Out 1817—1996 mm 2338 mm G 2777—2955 mm
(71.5—78.6 in.) (92 in.) (109.3—116.4 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm J 2505—3014 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (98.6—118.7)
Out 1817—2054 mm 2338 mm J 2777—3014 mm
(71.5—80.9 in.) (92 in.) (109.3—118.7 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm K 2548—3057 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (100.3—120.4)
Out 1817—2097 mm 2338 mm K 2777—3057 mm
(71.5—82.6 in.) (92 in.) (109.3—120.4 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm N 2810—3319 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (110.6—130.7 in.)
Out 1817—2338 mm 2338 mm N 2798—3319 mm
(71.5—92.0 in.) (92 in.) (110.1—130.7 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm O 2853—3362 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (112.3—132.4)
Out 1817—2338 mm 2338 mm O 2841—3362 mm
(71.5—92.0 in.) (92 in.) (111.8—132.4 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm P 2903—3413 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80.0 in.) (114.3—134.4)
Out 1817—2338 mm 2338 mm P 2892—3413 mm
(71.5—92.0 in.) (92 in.) (113.8—134.4 in.)

RX8000,70,33 -19-12OCT98

60-35 090699
PN=155
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

TREAD SETTINGS FOR DUALS WITH 3012 MM (118.5 IN.) AXLE

420 TIRE

INNER TIRE RANGE OUTER TIRE RANGE

Dished Minimum—Maximum Maximum with Dual Position Minimum—Maximum
Hub Extension
In 1524—1813 mm 2033 mm E 2573—2862 mm
(60.0—71.4 in.) (80 in.) (101.3—112.7 in.)

In 1524—1863 mm 2033 mm F 2573—2912 mm

(60.0—73.4 in.) (80 in.) (101.3—114.7 in.)
Out 1817—1863 mm 2338 mm F 2866—2912 mm
(71.5—73.4 in.) (92 in.) (112.3—114.7 in.)

In 1524—1906 mm 2033 mm G 2573—2955 mm

(60.0—75.1 in.) (80 in.) (101.3—116.4)
Out 1817—1906 mm 2338 mm G 2866—2955 mm
(71.5—75.1 in.) (92 in.) (112.8—116.4 in.)

In 1524—1965 mm 2033 mm J 2573—3014 mm

(60.0—77.4 in.) (80 in.) (101.3—118.7)
Out 1817—1965 mm 2338 mm J 2866—3014 mm
(71.5—77.4 in.) (92 in.) (112.8—118.7 in.)

In 1524—2008 mm 2033 mm K 2573—3057 mm

(60.0—79.1 in.) (80 in.) (101.3—120.4)
Out 1817—2008 mm 2338 mm K 2866—3057 mm
(71.5—79.1 in.) (92 in.) (112.8—120.4 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm N 2810—3319 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (110.6—130.7 in.)
Out 1817—2270 mm 2338 mm N 2866—3319 mm
(71.5—89.4 in.) (92 in.) (112.8—130.7 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm O 2853—3362 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80 in.) (112.3—132.4)
Out 1817—2313 mm 2338 mm O 2866—3362 mm
(71.5—91.1 in.) (92 in.) (112.8—132.4 in.)

In 1524—2033 mm 2033 mm P 2903—3413 mm

(60.0—80.0 in.) (80.0 in.) (114.3—134.4)
Out 1817—2338 mm 2338 mm P 2892—3413 mm
(71.5—92.0 in.) (92 in.) (113.8—134.4 in.)

RX8000,70,34 -19-08JUL94

60-36 090699
PN=156
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

DUAL WHEEL HUB EXTENSIONS

-UN-17JUL93
RW55103
254 mm (10 in.) Hub Extension

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from

tipping or falling wheel. Remove extension
from hub before sleeve bolts are loosened.
Refer to the following charts to determine the correct
extension to use.

NOTE: Either size extension will work when more

Do NOT use extensions in combination with
each other.
Hub extensions of 25.4 mm (1 in.), 127 mm (5 in.),
254 mm (10 in.), 330 mm (13 in.), and 381 mm
(15 in.) are available for 20-inch through 40-inch
rows.
than one is listed.
Tread setting is possible without an extension if listed
as “w/o”.
All charts are listed in inch dimensions only. Multiply
the inch dimension by 25.4 for the metric equivalent.

NOTE: JDG679 wrench adaptor, available from your

John Deere dealer, must be used to tighten
127 mm (5 in.) hub extension.

RX7010,65,12 -19-21JUN96

60-37 090699
PN=157
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

EXTENSIONS FOR 16.9, 18.4, AND 20.8 DUALS WITH 2808 MM (110.5 IN.) AXLE

Row Spacing 20 22 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Inner Wheel
Setting 80 66 88 72 78 84 60 64 68 72 76 80

Outer Wheel
Setting 120 110 132 120 130 140 120 128 136 144 152 160

16.9 TIRE

Inner Outer
Wheel Wheel
Dished Dished

In In — — — — — — 13,15 — — — — —
Out In — — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Out — — — — — — w/o,1 5 — — — —
Out Out — — — w/o,1 5 — — — — 13,15 15 —

18.4 TIRE

Inner Outer
Wheel Wheel
Dished Dished

In In — — — — — — 13,15 — — — — —
Out In — — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Out — — — — — — w/o,1 5 — — — —
Out Out — — — w/o,1 5 — — — — 13,15 15 —

20.8 TIRE

Inner Outer
Wheel Wheel
Dished Dished

In In — — — — — — — — — — — —
Out In — — — — — — — — — — — —

In Out — — — — — — — 1 5 — — —
Out Out — — — — — — — — — 10,13 13,15 —

RX,111556,70,29-19-25AUG92

60-38 090699
PN=158
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

EXTENSIONS FOR 16.9, 18.4, AND 20.8 DUALS WITH 3012 MM (118.5 IN.) AXLE

Row Spacing 20 22 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Inner Wheel
Setting 80 66 88 72 78 84 60 64 68 72 76 80

Outer Wheel
Setting 120 110 132 120 130 140 120 128 136 144 152 160

16.9 TIRE

Inner Outer
Wheel Wheel
Dished Dished

In In — 5 — 10 13 — 10,13,15 13,15 — — — —
Out In — — 15 10,13,15 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Out — — — — w/o — w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 10 — —

Out Out — — 1 w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — — — 10,13,15 13,15 15

18.4 TIRE

Inner Outer
Wheel Wheel
Dished Dished

In In — — — 10 13 — 10,13,15 13,15 — — — —
Out In — — — 10,13,15 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Out — — — — w/o — w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 10 — —

Out Out — — — w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — — — 10,13,15 13,15 15

20.8 TIRE

Inner Outer
Wheel Wheel
Dished Dished

In In — — — — 15 — — 15 — — — —
Out In — — — — 15 — — — — — — —

In Out — — — — — — — w/o,1 1,5 5 10 —

Out Out — — — — w/o,1 5 — — — 5,10,13 10,13,15 13,15

RX,111556,70,30-19-25AUG92

60-39 090699
PN=159
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

SIXTEEN POSITION STEEL WHEEL

-UN-21AUG92
RW21124

Steel dual wheel positions for 14.9, 320/90 and

420/80 tires as viewed from behind left rear tire.

RX,111556,70,12-19-31MAR95

60-40 090699
PN=160
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

EXTENSIONS FOR 14.9 DUALS WITH 2808 MM (110.5 IN.) AXLE

Row Spacing 20 22 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Inner Wheel
Setting 80 66 88 72 78 84 60 64 68 72 76 80

Outer Wheel
Setting 120 110 132 120 130 140 120 128 136 144 152 160

Inner
Wheel Outer
Dished Wheel

In Pos A — 10 — — — — 15 — — — — —
Out Pos A 15 — — 15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos B — 10 — — — — 13,15 — — — — —
Out Pos B 13 — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos C — — — — — — 13,15 — — — — —
Out Pos C 13 — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos D — — — — — — 13,15 15 — — — —
Out Pos D — — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos E — 5 — — — — 10,13 13,15 — — — —

Out Pos E — — — 10,13 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Pos F — — — — — — 10 13 15 — — —
Out Pos F — — — 10 13 — — — — — — —

In Pos G — 1 — — — — 10 10,13 15 — — —
Out Pos G — — — 10 13 — — — — — — —

In Pos H — 1 — — — — 10 10,13 15 — — —
Out Pos H — — — 10 13 — — — — — — —

In Pos I — w/o,1 — — — — 5,10 10 13 — — —

Out Pos I 5 — — 5,10 10 — — — — — — —

In Pos J — w/o,1 — — — — 5,10 10 13 — — —

Out Pos J 5 — — 5,10 10 — — — — — — —

In Pos K — w/o,1 — — — — 5 10 13 — — —
Out Pos K 5 — — 5 10 — — — — — — —

In Pos L — w/o — — — — 5 10 — — — —
Out Pos L — — — 5 10 — — — — 15 — —

In Pos M — — — — — — w/o,1,5 5 — — — —
Out Pos M w/o,1 — — w/o,1,5 5 — — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos N — — — — — — w/o,1 5 — — — —
Out Pos N w/o — — w/o,1 5 — — — — 13,15 15 —

In Pos O — — — — — — w/o,1 5 — — — —
Out Pos O — — — w/o,1 5 — — — — 10,13,15 15 —

In Pos P — — — — — — w/o,1 1 5 — — —
Out Pos P — — — w/o,1 — — — — — 10,13 13,15 —

RX7010,65,13 -19-21JUN96

60-41 090699
PN=161
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

EXTENSIONS FOR 14.9 DUALS WITH 3012 MM (118.5 IN.) AXLE

Row Spacing 20 22 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Inner Wheel
Setting 80 66 88 72 78 84 60 64 68 72 76 80

Outer Wheel
Setting 120 110 132 120 130 140 120 128 136 144 152 160

Inner
Wheel Outer
Dished Wheel

In Pos A — 5,10 — 10,13 15 — 10,13,15 15 — — — —

Out Pos A 10,13,15 — — 10,13,15 15 — — — — — — —

In Pos B — 5,10 — 10 — — 10,13,15 13,15 — — — —

Out Pos B 10,13 — 15 10,13,15 15 — — — — — — —

In Pos C — 5 — 10 13 — 10,13,15 13,15 — — — —

Out Pos C 10,13 — 15 10,13,15 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Pos D — 5 — 10 — — 10,13,15 13,15 15 — — —

Out Pos D 10 — 13 10,13,15 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Pos E — w/o,1,5 — 5 — — 5,10,13 10,13,15 13,15 — — —

Out Pos E 5 — 10 5,10,13 10,13,15 15 — — — — — —

In Pos F — w/o,1 — 5 — — 5,10 10,13 13,15 15 — —

Out Pos F 5 — 10 5,10 10,13 13,15 — — — 15 — —

In Pos G — w/o,1 — 5 — — 5,10 10,13 10,13,15 15 — —

Out Pos G 5 — — 5,10 10,13 13,15 — — — 15 — —

In Pos H — w/o,1 — 5 — — 5,10 10,13 10,13,15 15 — —

Out Pos H 5 — — 5,10 10,13 13,15 — — — 15 — —

In Pos I — w/o,1 — 1 — — 1,5,10 5,10 10,13 13,15 — —

Out Pos I 1,5 — — 1,5,10 10 13 — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos J — w/o,1 — 1 — — 1,5,10 5,10 10,13 13,15 — —

Out Pos J 1,5 — — 1,5,10 10 13 — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos K — w/o,1 — w/o,1 5 — w/o,1,5 5,10 10,13 13,15 — —

Out Pos K w/o,1,5 — — w/o,1,5 5,10 10,13 — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos L — w/o — w/o,1 — — w/o,1,5 5,10 10 13 15 —

Out Pos L w/o,1 — 5 w/o,1,5 5,10 10 — — — 13,15 15 —

In Pos M — — — — 1 — w/o,1,5 w/o,1,5 5 10 13 —

Out Pos M w/o,1 — — w/o,1,5 1,5 — — — — 10,13,15 13,15 —

In Pos N — — — — w/o — w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 10 — —

Out Pos N w/o — 1 w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — — — 10,13,15 13,15 15

In Pos O — — — — — — w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — 10 —

Out Pos O — — w/o,1 w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — — — 10,13,15 10,13,15 15

In Pos P — — — — — — w/o,1 w/o,1 1,5 5 10 —

Out Pos P — — w/o,1 w/o,1 w/o,1 5 — — — 5,10,13 10,13,15 13,15

RX7010,65,14 -19-21JUN96

60-42 090699
PN=162
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

EXTENSIONS FOR 320/90 AND 420/80 DUALS WITH 2808 MM (110.5 IN.) AXLE
Row Spacing 20 22 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Inner Wheel
Setting 80 66 88 72 78 84 60 64 68 72 76 80

Outer Wheel
Setting 120 110 132 120 130 140 120 128 136 144 152 160

Inner
Wheel Outer
Dished Wheel

In Pos A — 10 — — — — 15 — — — — —
Out Pos A 15 — — 15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos B — 10 — — — — 13,15 — — — — —
Out Pos B 13 — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos C — — — — — — 13,15 — — — — —
Out Pos C 13 — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos D — — — — — — 13,15 15 — — — —
Out Pos D — — — 13,15 — — — — — — — —

In Pos E — 5 — — — — 10,13 13,15 — — — —

Out Pos E — — — 10,13 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Pos F — — — — — — 10 13 15 — — —
Out Pos F — — — 10 13 — — — — — — —

In Pos G — 1 — — — — 10 10,13 15 — — —
Out Pos G — — — 10 13 — — — — — — —

In Pos H — 1 — — — — 10 10,13 15 — — —
Out Pos H — — — 10 13 — — — — — — —

In Pos I — w/o,1 — — — — 5,10 10 13 — — —

Out Pos I 5 — — 5,10 10 — — — — — — —

In Pos J — w/o,1 — — — — 5,10 10 13 — — —

Out Pos J 5 — — 5,10 10 — — — — — — —

In Pos K — w/o,1 — — — — 5 10 13 — — —
Out Pos K 5 — — 5 10 — — — — — — —

In Pos L — w/o — — — — 5 10 — — — —
Out Pos L — — — 5 10 — — — — 15 — —

In Pos M — — — — — — w/o,1,5 5 — — — —
Out Pos M w/o,1 — — w/o,1,5 5 — — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos N — — — — — — w/o,1 5 — — — —
Out Pos N w/o — — w/o,1 5 — — — — 13,15 15 —

In Pos O — — — — — — w/o,1 5 — — — —
Out Pos O — — — w/o,1 5 — — — — 10,13,15 15 —

In Pos P — — — — — — w/o,1 1 5 — — —
Out Pos P — — — w/o,1 — — — — — 10,13 13,15 —

RX7010,65,15 -19-21JUN96

60-43 090699
PN=163
 Wheels, Tires, and Treads

EXTENSIONS FOR 320/90 AND 420/80 DUALS WITH 3012 MM (118.5 IN.) AXLE
Row Spacing 20 22 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40

Inner Wheel
Setting 80 66 88 72 78 84 60 64 68 72 76 80

Outer Wheel
Setting 120 110 132 120 130 140 120 128 136 144 152 160

Inner
Wheel Outer
Dished Wheel

In Pos A — 5,10 — 10,13 15 — 10,13,15 15 — — — —

Out Pos A 10,13,15 — — 10,13,15 15 — — — — — — —

In Pos B — 5,10 — 10 — — 10,13,15 13,15 — — — —

Out Pos B 10,13 — 15 10,13,15 15 — — — — — — —

In Pos C — 5 — 10 13 — 10,13,15 13,15 — — — —

Out Pos C 10,13 — 15 10,13,15 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Pos D — 5 — 10 — — 10,13,15 13,15 15 — — —

Out Pos D 10 — 13 10,13,15 13,15 — — — — — — —

In Pos E — w/o,1,5 — 5 — — 5,10,13 10,13,15 13,15 — — —

Out Pos E 5 — 10 5,10,13 10,13,15 15 — — — — — —

In Pos F — w/o,1 — 5 — — 5,10 10,13 13,15 15 — —

Out Pos F 5 — 10 5,10 10,13 13,15 — — — 15 — —

In Pos G — w/o,1 — 5 — — 5,10 10,13 10,13,15 15 — —

Out Pos G 5 — — 5,10 10,13 13,15 — — — 15 — —

In Pos H — w/o,1 — 5 — — 5,10 10,13 10,13,15 15 — —

Out Pos H 5 — — 5,10 10,13 13,15 — — — 15 — —

In Pos I — w/o,1 — 1 — — 1,5,10 5,10 10,13 13,15 — —

Out Pos I 1,5 — — 1,5,10 10 13 — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos J — w/o,1 — 1 — — 1,5,10 5,10 10,13 13,15 — —

Out Pos J 1,5 — — 1,5,10 10 13 — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos K — w/o,1 — w/o,1 5 — w/o,1,5 5,10 10,13 13,15 — —

Out Pos K w/o,1,5 — — w/o,1,5 5,10 10,13 — — — 13,15 — —

In Pos L — w/o — w/o,1 — — w/o,1,5 5,10 10 13 15 —

Out Pos L w/o,1 — 5 w/o,1,5 5,10 10 — — — 13,15 15 —

In Pos M — — — — 1 — w/o,1,5 w/o,1,5 5 10 13 —

Out Pos M w/o,1 — — w/o,1,5 1,5 — — — — 10,13,15 13,15 —

In Pos N — — — — w/o — w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 10 — —

Out Pos N w/o — 1 w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — — — 10,13,15 13,15 15

In Pos O — — — — — — w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — 10 —

Out Pos O — — w/o,1 w/o,1 w/o,1,5 5 — — — 10,13,15 10,13,15 15

In Pos P — — — — — — w/o,1 w/o,1 1,5 5 10 —

Out Pos P — — w/o w/o,1 w/o,1 5 — — — 5,10,13 10,13,15 13,15

RX7010,65,16 -19-21JUN96

60-44 090699
PN=164
 Transport
DRIVING TRACTOR ON ROADS

N CAUTION: Prevent collisions between other

road users, slow-moving tractors with
attachments or towed equipment, and
• Brakes—tap brake pedal to ensure differential lock
is NOT engaged. Couple brake pedals together
before driving on a road. Avoid hard application of
self-propelled machines on public roads. brakes.
Frequently check for traffic from the rear,
especially in turns, and use turn signal • MFWD—disengage front wheel drive when
lights. transporting tractor. Engage front wheel drive to
provide four wheel braking. See Using MFWD in
Check headlights, flashing warning lamps and tail Operating the Tractor Section.
lights before operating tractor on highway. Adjust
rear-view mirrors and clean windows and SMV • Remote Cylinders—push SCV lever lockout to the
emblem. right (transport lock) to eliminate possibility of
lowering an implement during transport by
• Lights—use headlights, flashing warning lights, inadvertently bumping the extend/retract lever.
road transport lights (if equipped), and turn signals
day and night. Follow local regulations for equipment
lighting and marking. Keep lighting and marking
visible and in good working order. Replace or repair
lighting and marking that has been damaged or lost.
An implement safety lighting kit is available from your
John Deere Dealer.

RX7000W,70,1 -19-06JUL98

65-1 090699
PN=165
 Transport

TOWING LOADS

N CAUTION: Stopping distance increases with

speed and weight of towed loads, and on

-UN-23AUG88
slopes. Towed loads with or without brakes
that are too heavy for the tractor or are towed
too fast can cause loss of control. Consider
the total weight of the equipment and its load.

Observe these recommended maximum road

TS216
speeds, or local speed limits which may be
lower:

• If towed equipment does not have brakes, do

not travel more than 32 km/h (20 mph) and do
not tow loads more than 1.5 times the tractor
weight.

• If towed equipment has brakes, do not travel

more than 40 km/h (25 mph) and do not tow
loads more than 4.5 times the tractor weight.

Ensure the load does not exceed the

recommended weight ratio. Add ballast to
recommended maximum for tractor, lighten the
load, or get a heavier towing unit. The tractor
must be heavy and powerful enough with
adequate braking power for the towed load.
Use additional caution when towing loads
under adverse surface conditions, when
turning, and on inclines.

RX7000W,70,4 -19-11NOV96

65-2 090699
PN=166
 Transport

N CAUTION: Avoid possible accident and injury

by using a safety chain on drawn equipment.
Use a safety chain with a strength rating equal
to or greater than the gross weight of
equipment. Provide only enough slack in the

-UN-23AUG88
chain to permit turning.

Attach the safety chain to the drawbar support or other

specified anchor locations.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT use safety chain for towing or

TS217
possible damage to tractor, implement,
and drawbar may result. Safety chain is
provided only for transport.

Attach and check operation of trailer brakes if equipped.

RX7000,70,4 -19-10DEC92

IMPORTANT: SLOW DOWN when transporting Never coast down hill.

heavy implements.
Drive slowly enough to maintain safe control. Shift to
a lower gear for hillsides, rough ground, and sharp
turns, especially when transporting heavy equipment.
On icy or graveled grades, be alert for skids which
could result in loss of steering control.
Use caution when operating tractor at transport
speeds. Reduce speed if towing heavy loads. Heavy
towed or rear mounted implements may start swaying
in transport. Consult towed equipment operator’s
manual for recommended transport speeds.

RX8000,75,4 -19-24NOV95

65-3 090699
PN=167
 Transport

TOWING TRACTOR

IMPORTANT: Avoid damaging transmission- • If possible, run engine at 1600 rpm

hydraulic system by observing the to provide lubrication, power
following precautions: steering and power brakes. Have an
operator steer and brake tractor.
• NEVER ATTEMPT TO START
TRACTOR BY TOWING. Engine will
not start, and transmission might be
damaged.

RX7000,70,6 -19-06APR95

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or death.

Disconnect MFWD drive shaft (A) if towing
tractor with front wheels on a carrier. Loss of
electrical power or transmission-hydraulic
system pressure will engage the MFWD and

-UN-21JUN96
pull tractor off carrier, even with switch in the
DISENGAGED position.

IMPORTANT: Do not tow a tractor faster than

16 km/h (10 mph).

RW55741
When towing tractor with POWER
SHIFT transmission (engine stopped),
at temperatures below 0˚C (32˚F), DO
NOT exceed 3 km/h (2 mph) for the
first ten minutes.

Check transmission-hydraulic oil level. Level in sight

-UN-21JUN96
glass (B) must be between the marks. (See Service/
Daily or Every 10 Hours Section.)

If towing with front wheels off ground, add 4 L (1 gal) for

each 152 mm (6 in.) wheels are raised. DO NOT raise

RW55742
front wheels more than 305 mm (12 in.).

NOTE: After transporting tractor, drain oil that was

added.

Tap brake pedals to make sure differential lock is not

engaged.

RX7010,70,1 -19-21JUN96

65-4 090699
PN=168
 Transport

Move gear shift lever (A) to PARK position for power

shift transmission. Push tow disconnect lever (B) forward
and downward to lock (C). After locking tow disconnect
lever, move gear shift lever to NEUTRAL position.

-UN-03DEC93
IMPORTANT: Be sure the tow disconnect lever is
securely latched in the tow position
before moving the tractor.

After towing, move gear shift lever to PARK position.

RW55149
Release lever (B) from the tow position. If the lever is
difficult to move, move the tractor slightly.
Power Shift
For PowrQuad transmission, move right-hand or left-hand
reverser lever and range shift lever (D) to NEUTRAL
position for towing.

-UN-28JUL92
RW20347
-UN-27OCT97
RW56464
PowrQuad

RX7010,70,2 -19-21OCT97

TRANSPORTING ON CARRIER

N CAUTION: To avoid accident or injury, securely

chain the tractor to carrier. DO NOT chain
around mechanical front wheel drive shaft or
-UN-28JUL92

axle housing. DRIVE CAREFULLY.

A disabled tractor should be hauled on a flat-bed carrier.

Insert chain in side frame slots (A) when securing tractor

RW20341

to carrier.

RX7000,70,9 -19-10DEC92

65-5 090699
PN=169
 Transport

FREEING A MIRED MACHINE

Attempting to free a mired machine can involve safety

hazards such as the mired tractor tipping rearward, the
towing tractor overturning, and the tow chain or cable

-UN-15SEP95
failing and recoiling from its stretched condition.

Back tractor out if it gets mired down in mud. Unhitch

any towed implements. Dig mud from behind the rear
wheels. Place boards behind the wheels to provide a

TS1645
solid base and try to back out slowly. If necessary, dig
mud from the front of all wheels and drive slowly ahead.

If necessary to tow with another unit, use a long chain or

cable. Inspect the chain or cable for flaws. Make sure all
parts of towing devices are of adequate size and strong
enough to handle the load.

-UN-23AUG88
Always hitch to the drawbar of the towing unit. Before
moving, clear the area of people. Apply power smoothly
to take up the slack: a sudden pull could snap any
towing device causing it to whip or recoil dangerously.

IMPORTANT: Use side frame slots to attach chain.

TS263
Do Not attach chain around axle to
avoid damage to steering cylinders or
tie rods. Pull tractor straight forward.
Use drawbar to tow tractor out of mired
condition if pulling tractor from the
rear.

RX7000,70,10 -19-06DEC95

65-6 090699
PN=170
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant
DIESEL FUEL
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the
diesel fuel available in your area.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed.
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are
recommended.
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following
properties:
• Cetane number of 40 minimum.
Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred,
especially for temperatures below -20˚C (-4˚F) or
elevations above 1500 m (5,000 ft).
• Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the
expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least
5˚C (9˚F) below the expected low temperature.
FUEL STORAGE
IMPORTANT: Proper fuel storage is critical. Use
clean storage and transfer tanks.
Periodically drain water and
sediment from bottom of tank. Store
fuel in a convenient place away from
buildings.
70-1
• Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100
gram load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing
test.
• Sulfur content:
— Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5% Sulfur
content less than 0.05% is preferred.
— If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%
sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for
engine oil and filter by 50%
— DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 1.0%
Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the fuel
properties meet DIN 51606 or equivalent specification.
DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type of
lubricant with diesel fuel.
DX,FUEL1 -19-12FEB99
Avoid storing fuel over long periods of time. If there is
a very slow fuel turnover in the fuel or storage tank,
a fuel conditioner may need to be added. This
conditioner may be poured directly into fuel tank or
bulk storage tank.
NOTE: To reduce fuel gelling and control wax
separation during cold weather, John Deere
Fuel Flow Improver, or equivalent, may be
added to fuel or bulk storage tank.
RX7000,75,1 -19-06APR94
090699
PN=171
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

FILL FUEL TANK

N CAUTION: Handle fuel with care: It is highly

flammable. Do not refuel the machine while
smoking or when near open flame or sparks.

-UN-23AUG88
Always stop engine before refueling machine.
Fill fuel tank outdoors.

Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of

accumulated trash, grease, and debris. Always

TS202
clean up spilled fuel.

Fill fuel tank (A) at end of each day. This prevents

condensation in tank as moist air cools.

The fuel tanks are vented through a fuel tank vent

filter (B) located behind the SCV stack.

-UN-24JUN92

-UN-24JUN92
NOTE: Mixing diesel fuels, No. 1 with No. 2, will not
lower the Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP),
when operating in cold temperatures. These fuels
do not blend. Drain fuel tank and use No. 1

RW21245

RW21246
diesel fuel.

RX7000NA,75,2 -19-17JUL96

70-2 090699
PN=172
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

DIESEL ENGINE OIL

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oil is preferred.

• John Deere PLUS-50®

The following oil is also recommended:

• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME®

-UN-10OCT97
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the
following:

• API Service Classification CG-4

• API Service Classification CF-4

TS1661
• ACEA Specification E3
• ACEA Specification E2

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is

used, reduce the service interval by 50%.

Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere

preferred engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere
dealer for more information.

DX,ENOIL -19-10OCT97

EXTENDED DIESEL ENGINE OIL SERVICE

INTERVALS

When John Deere PLUS-50® oil and the specified John

Deere filter are used, the service interval for engine oil
and filter changes may be increased by 50%.

If other than PLUS-50 oil and the specified John Deere

filter are used, change the engine oil and filter at the
normal service interval.

DX,ENOIL6 -19-10OCT97

70-3 090699
PN=173
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL

New engines are filled at the factory with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. During the break-in period,
add John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL as needed
to maintain the specified oil level.
Change the oil and filter after the first 100 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine.
IMPORTANT: Do not use PLUS-50 oil or engine
oils meeting API CG4, API CF4,
ACEA E3, or ACEA E2 performance
levels during the first 100 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine.
These oils will not allow the engine
to break-in properly.

After engine overhaul, fill the engine with John Deere

ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL.

If John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL is not

available, use a diesel engine oil meeting one of the
following during the first 100 hours of operation:

• API Service Classification CE

• ACEA Specification E1

After the break-in period, use John Deere PLUS-50®

or other diesel engine oil as recommended in this
manual.

DX,ENOIL4 -19-10OCT97

OIL FILTERS

Filtration of oils is critical to proper operation and

lubrication.

Always change filters regularly as specified in this

manual.

Use filters meeting John Deere performance

specifications.

DX,FILT -19-18MAR96

70-4 090699
PN=174
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant
DIESEL ENGINE COOLANT
The engine cooling system is filled to provide
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37˚C
(-34˚F).
The following engine coolant is preferred for service:
• John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant
The following engine coolant is also recommended:
• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a
40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water
Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for
heavy-duty engines may be used if they meet one of
the following specifications:
• ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant)
• ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) in a 40 to 60%
mixture of concentrate with quality water
Coolants meeting these specifications require use of
supplemental coolant additives, formulated for
heavy-duty diesel engines, for protection against
corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.
A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant in
water provides freeze protection to -37˚C (-34˚F). If
protection at lower temperatures is required, consult
your John Deere dealer for recommendations.
70-5
Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
base engine coolant concentrate.
IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing
additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.
Coolant drain intervals
Drain the factory fill engine coolant, flush the cooling
system, and refill with new coolant after the first 3
years or 3000 hours of operation. Subsequent drain
intervals are determined by the coolant used for
service. At each interval, drain the coolant, flush the
cooling system, and refill with new coolant.
When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the drain
interval may be extended to 5 years or 5000 hours of
operation, provided that the coolant is tested annually
AND additives are replenished, as needed, by adding
a supplemental coolant additive.
If COOL-GARD is not used, the drain interval is
reduced to 2 years or 2000 hours of operation.
DX,COOL3 -19-05FEB99
090699
PN=175
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

SUPPLEMENTAL COOLANT ADDITIVES

The concentration of coolant additives is gradually If other coolants are used, consult the coolant
depleted during engine operation. For all supplier and follow the manufacturer’s
recommended coolants, replenish additives between recommendation for use of supplemental coolant
drain intervals by adding a supplemental coolant additives.
additive every 12 months or as determined necessary
by coolant testing. The use of non-recommended supplemental coolant
additives may result in additive drop-out and gelation
John Deere COOLANT CONDITIONER is of the coolant.
recommended as a supplemental coolant additive in
John Deere engines. Add the manufacturer’s recommended concentration
of supplemental coolant additive. DO NOT add more
IMPORTANT: Do not add a supplemental coolant than the recommended amount.
additives when the cooling system
is drained and refilled with John
Deere ANTIFREEZE/SUMMER
COOLANT or John Deere
COOL-GARD.

DX,COOL4 -19-10OCT97

OPERATING IN WARM TEMPERATURE

CLIMATES

John Deere engines are designed to operate using glycol

base engine coolants.

Always use a recommended glycol base engine coolant,

even when operating in geographical areas where freeze
protection is not required.

IMPORTANT: Water may be used as coolant in

emergency situations only.

Foaming, hot surface aluminum and

iron corrosion, scaling, and cavitation
will occur when water is used as the
coolant, even when coolant
conditioners are added.

Drain cooling system and refill with

recommended glycol base engine
coolant as soon as possible.

DX,COOL6 -19-18MAR96

70-6 090699
PN=176
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT DIESEL ENGINE COOLANTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL

COOLANT ADDITIVES

Engine coolants are a combination of three chemical
components: ethylene glycol (antifreeze), inhibiting
coolant additives, and quality water.
Coolant specifications
Some products, including John Deere PREDILUTED
ANTIFREEZE/SUMMER COOLANT and John Deere
COOL-GARD, are fully formulated coolants that
contain all three components in their correct
concentrations. Do not add an initial charge of
supplemental coolant additives to these fully
formulated products.
Some coolant concentrates, including John Deere
ANTIFREEZE/SUMMER COOLANT CONCENTRATE,
contain both ethylene glycol antifreeze and inhibiting
coolant additives. Mix these products and quality
water, but do not add an initial charge of
supplemental coolant additives.
Coolants meeting ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant) or
ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) require an initial
charge of supplemental coolant additives.
Use of supplemental coolant additives reduces
corrosion, erosion, and pitting. These chemicals
reduce the number of vapor bubbles in the coolant
and help form a protective film on cylinder liner
surfaces. This film acts as a barrier against the
harmful effects of collapsing vapor bubbles.
Avoid automotive-type coolants
Never use automotive-type coolants (such as those
meeting ASTM D3306 or ASTM D4656). These
coolants do not contain the correct additives to
protect heavy-duty diesel engines. They often contain
a high concentration of silicates and may damage the
engine or cooling system.
Water quality
Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
base engine coolant concentrate. All water used in
the cooling system should meet the following
minimum specifications for quality:

Replenish coolant additives Chlorides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 40 mg/L

Sulfates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F100 mg/L
Total Dissolved Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F340 mg/L
The concentration of coolant additives is gradually Total Hardness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F170 mg/L
depleted during engine operation. Periodic pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 to 9.0
replenishment of inhibitors is required, even when
John Deere ANTIFREEZE/SUMMER COOLANT or Freeze protection
John Deere COOL-GARD is used. Follow the
recommendations in this manual for the use of The relative concentrations of ethylene glycol and
supplemental coolant additives. water in the engine coolant determine its freeze
protection limit.
Why use supplemental coolant additives?
Ethylene Glycol Freeze Protection Limit
Operating without proper coolant additives will result 40% . . . . ...... . . -24˚C (-12˚F)
50% . . . . ...... . . -37˚C (-34˚F)
in increased corrosion, cylinder liner erosion and
60% . . . . ...... . . -52˚C (-62˚F)
pitting, and other damage to the engine and cooling
system. A simple mixture of ethylene glycol and water
DO NOT use a coolant-water mixture greater than
will not give adequate protection.
60% ethylene glycol.

DX,COOL7 -19-18MAR96

70-7 090699
PN=177
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

TESTING DIESEL ENGINE COOLANT

Maintaining adequate concentrations of glycol and
inhibiting additives in the coolant is critical to protect
the engine and cooling system against freezing,
corrosion, and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.
Test the coolant solution at intervals of 12 months or
less and whenever excessive coolant is lost through
leaks or overheating.
Coolant test strips
Coolant test strips are available from your John
Deere dealer. These test strips provide a simple,
effective method to check the freeze point and
additive levels of your engine coolant.
Compare the results to the supplemental coolant
additive (SCA) chart to determine the amount of
inhibiting additives in your coolant and whether more
John Deere COOLANT CONDITIONER should be
added.
COOLSCAN
For a more thorough evaluation of your coolant,
perform a COOLSCAN analysis. See your John
Deere dealer for information about COOLSCAN.

DX,COOL9 -19-04FEB99

TRANSMISSION AND HYDRAULIC OIL

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere HY-GARD®

• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD®

Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:

• John Deere Standard JDM J20C

-UN-10OCT97
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D

Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is

required:
TS1660

• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD™1

1BIO-HY-GARD meets or exceeds the minimum biodegradability of 80%

within 21 days according to CEC-L-33-T-82 test method. BIO-HY-GARD
should not be mixed with mineral oils because this reduces the
biodegradability and makes proper oil recycling impossible. DX,ANTI -19-10OCT97

70-8 090699
PN=178
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION

RECALIBRATION

The transmission is factory filled with John Deere

HY-GARD oil. Changing transmission-hydraulic oil from
one viscosity to another requires a recalibration of the
power shift control unit in order to maintain smooth
shifting. See your John Deere Dealer.

RX,RECALIBRATE -19-15FEB99

MFWD AXLE HOUSING OIL

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere HY-GARD®

• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD®

Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:

• John Deere Standard JDM J20C

• John Deere Standard JDM J20D

Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is

required:

• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD™1

-UN-14MAR96
1BIO-HY-GARD meets or exceeds the minimum biodegradability of 80%

TS1651
within 21 days according to CEC-L-33-T-82 test method. BIO-HY-GARD
should not be mixed with mineral oils because this reduces the
biodegradability and makes proper oil recycling impossible RX,GEOIL -19-11NOV96

70-9 090699
PN=179
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

MFWD WHEEL HUB OIL

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere EXTREME-GARD™

• John Deere GL-5 GEAR LUBRICANT

Other oils may be used if they meet the following:

• API Service Classification GL-5

-UN-14MAR96
TS1653
RX,OIL1 -19-09OCT98

GREASE

Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and

the expected air temperature range during the service
interval.

The following grease is preferred:

• John Deere HD POLYUREA GREASE

The following greases are also recommended:

• John Deere HD MOLY GREASE

• John Deere HD LITHIUM COMPLEX GREASE
• John Deere HD WATER RESISTANT GREASE
• John Deere GREASE-GARD

Other greases may be used if they meet the following:

• NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB

-UN-08FEB99

IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickener are not

compatible with others.
TS1665

DX,GREA1 -19-04FEB99

70-10 090699
PN=180
 Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

MIXING OF LUBRICANTS

In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific
oil. Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to information and recommendations.
meet certain specifications and performance
requirements.

Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper

functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.

DX,LUBMIX -19-18MAR96

ALTERNATIVE AND SYNTHETIC

LUBRICANTS

Conditions in certain geographical areas may require

lubricant recommendations different from those printed in
this manual.

Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not

be available in your location.

Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information

and recommendations.

Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the

performance requirements as shown in this manual.

The temperature limits and service intervals shown in

this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.

Re-refined base stock products may be used if the

finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

DX,ALTER -19-18MAR96

LUBRICANT STORAGE

Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only Make certain that all containers are properly marked
when clean lubricants are used. to identify their contents.

Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Properly dispose of all old containers and any
residual lubricant they may contain.
Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in
an area protected from dust, moisture, and other
contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid
water and dirt accumulation.

DX,LUBST -19-18MAR96

70-11 090699
PN=181
 Break-In Period
BREAK-IN CHECK—FIRST 100 HOURS
• Perform daily or 10 hour service. (See Service/
Daily or 10 Hours Section.)
• Check engine oil level and coolant level more
frequently and watch for any sign of leaks
Engine is ready for normal operation. However,
extra care during first 100 hours of
operation will result in more satisfactory
long-term engine performance and life.
Engine is factory filled with John Deere
Break-in Oil. Operate engine at heavy
loads with minimal idling during the
break-in period. DO NOT exceed 100 hours
of operation with break-in oil.
75-1
IMPORTANT: Add John Deere Break-in Oil should
additional oil be required. Add
additional break-in oil only when oil
level is BELOW the ADD mark on
dipstick. Do NOT fill engine oil level
above the crosshatch pattern or the
FULL mark, whichever is present.
Oil levels anywhere within the
crosshatch pattern are considered in
the acceptable operating range. (See
Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant
Section.)
• Avoid unnecessary engine idling—during the
first 100 hours, avoid prolonged periods of
engine idling or sustained maximum load
operation. If engine will idle longer than
5 minutes, stop engine.
• Watch coolant temperature closely
• Check engine air intake system hoses and hose
clamps for tightness
RX8000,30,1 -19-27MAY97
090699
PN=182
 Break-In Period

BREAK-IN CHECK—AFTER FIRST 100 HOURS

• Change engine oil and filter. (See Service/ • Change transmission/hydraulic filter if not
250 Hours Section.) previously required. (See Service/750 Hours
Section.)
IMPORTANT: Refill with John Deere Break-in Oil
for an additional 100 hours, if tractor
used under light load conditions
during first 100 hours, to allow
engine to break-in properly. (See
Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant
Section.)

Reset service hours to zero after service. (See Changing Display

Functions in Controls and Instruments Section.) RX8000,30,2 -19-24NOV95

TIGHTEN FRONT WHEEL AND

AXLE BOLTS—AFTER 3 AND 10 HOURS
Axle Torques:
A—Regular or Wide Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)

-UN-28JUL92
Two-Wheel Drive Wheel Torques:
B—Front Wheel-to-Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 N·m (230 lb-ft)

MFWD Wheel Torques:

C—Rim-to-Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 N·m (230 lb-ft)

RW21364
D—Disk-to-Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)

-UN-25JUN93
RW55091

RX7000,30,5 -19-18NOV96

75-2 090699
PN=183
 Break-In Period

TIGHTEN WHEEL BOLTS—

AFTER 3 AND 10 HOURS

A—Front Rim-to-Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 N·m (230 lb-ft)

B—Front Disk-to-Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)
C—Sleeve Retaining Bolt—
Cast Wheels:
First tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 N·m (150 lb-ft)

-UN-24JUN92
Second tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 N·m (300 lb-ft)
Final tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)
Steel Wheels:
First tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 N·m (150 lb-ft)
Second tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 N·m (300 lb-ft)
Final tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)

RW19891
D—Rear Wheel-to-Rim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)
E—Rear Steel Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 N·m (445 lb-ft)

-UN-24JUN92
RW19892
-UN-28JUL92
RW21295
RX7010E,75,1A -19-08JUN99

75-3 090699
PN=184
 Service
SERVICE REFERENCE CHART

-UN-03FEB93
-UN-03FEB93

RW22104
RW22105
A—Examine B—Clean by Suction C—Change D—Lubricate (Oil or Grease)

A service reference chart is provided inside the tool

box cover.

RX7000,80,1 -19-05FEB93

OBSERVE SERVICE INTERVALS

Service required during the break-in period should be IMPORTANT: Recommended service intervals are
previously performed; see Break-in Period Section. for average conditions. Service
MORE OFTEN if tractor is operated
Perform all services at the hourly intervals indicated under adverse conditions.
on the following pages. Record the service performed
in Lubrication and Maintenance Charts Section.

RX7000,80,2 -19-02APR98

REMOVING SIDE SHIELDS

Press down on top edge of side shields (A).

Pull outward on side shield and lift off.

-UN-21JUN96

Replace shields by aligning holes on bottom edge with

pins on frame. Push down on shield and push in at top
of shield.
RW55823

RX7010,80,1 -19-21JUN96

80-1 090699
PN=185
 Service

REMOVING HOOD

Remove only the four cap screws (A) retaining hood to

side rails.

-UN-21JUN96
NOTE: Other cap screws are for hood adjustment. Hood
adjustment is set at the factory. Adjustment is not
required if adjusting cap screws are not removed.

Lift front of hood up and secure in raised position with a

RW55824
support or lift off hood.

RX7010,80,2 -19-21JUN96

CHECKING HOSE CLAMPS

IMPORTANT: Hose clamps loosen when installed on

new hoses in cold temperatures.

-UN-21JUN96
Check tightness of clamps periodically, especially in area
of fuel tanks and radiator, when installing new hoses in
cold temperatures.

RW55825
RX7010,CLAMPS -19-21JUN96

ACCESSING BATTERIES

Batteries for tractors with cab are located on right side

below exhaust. To gain access, loosen knob (A) and
slide off cover.

-UN-21JUN96
RW55826
Batteries (B) for open-station tractors are located on
either side of the seat. Remove covers to gain access.

See Service Batteries in the Service/250 Hours Section.

-UN-23DEC92
RW22100

RX7010,80,3 -19-21JUN96

80-2 090699
PN=186
 Service

CHARGING BATTERIES

1. Attach positive charger lead to positive remote

terminal (A) with charger in the OFF position. Attach
negative charger lead to negative remote terminal (B),

-UN-11FEB97
away from batteries.

2. Turn charger to ON position and charge battery

following manufacturer’s instructions for using the
charger.

RW56291
3. Turn charger to OFF position. Remove negative
charger lead first, then the positive lead.

RX7010,80,4 -19-11FEB97

USING HIGH-PRESSURE WASHERS

IMPORTANT: Directing pressurized water at elec-

tronic/electrical components or
connectors, bearings and hydraulic

-UN-18OCT88
seals, fuel injection pumps or other
sensitive parts and components may
cause product malfunctions. Reduce
pressure, and spray at a 45 to 90
degree angle.

T6642EJ
FX,CLEAN -19-06FEB95

USING COMPRESSED AIR

IMPORTANT: Directing pressurized air at elec-

tronic/electrical components or
connectors, may cause build-up of
-UN-30JUN97

static electricity and product

malfunctions.
RW56455

RX,AIR -19-09JUL97

80-3 090699
PN=187
 Service

SERVICING IMPLEMENT

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

before you work on the machine. Potential exists for
attachment or implement to unintentionally lower after

-UN-23AUG88
tractor is parked and engine is shut off. If you must work
on a lifted machine or attachment, securely support the
machine or attachment.

Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow

tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load.

TS229
Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by
a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual.

When implements or attachments are used with the

tractor, always follow safety precautions listed in the
implement owners manual or operating instructions.

RX,SERVICEIMP -19-08JUL98

80-4 090699
PN=188
 Service

SERVICE INTERVAL CHART

DAILY OR 10 HOURS—250 HOURS—750 HOURS
Item Daily or 250 Hours 750 Hours
10 Hours

Check Engine Oil Level and Coolant Level

and Drain Water Separator, if equipped •

Check Transmission-Hydraulic Oil Level •

Lubricate Rear Axle Bearings * •

Lubricate 2WD Front Wheel Bearings, Front Axle Pivot Pin, Steering
Spindles/Cylinder Ends and Tie Rod Ends * •

Lubricate MFWD Tie Rod, Kingpins and Axle Pivot * •

Lubricate Triple Link Suspension, if equipped * •

Lubricate Front PTO Shaft—if equipped * •

Lubricate Three-Point Hitch and Lift Links •

Check All Tires •

Change Engine Oil and Filter ** •

Check Manual Brakes, Service Batteries

Drain Fuel Tank Sump •

Inspect Tractor for Loose Bolts •

Check Neutral Start System •

Clean Cab Air Filters •

Inspect Fire Extinguisher—if equipped •

Lubricate 2WD Front Axle Pivot Pin, Steering Spindles/Cylinder Ends,

and Tie Rod Ends •

Lubricate MFWD Tie Rod, Kingpins, and Axle Pivot and Check MFWD
Axle Housing and Wheel Hub Oil Level •

Lubricate Triple Link Suspension, if equipped, and

Check Axle Housing and Wheel Hub Oil Level •

Check Front PTO Housing Oil Level and Lubricate Front PTO Shaft •

Lubricate Rear Axle Bearings •

Check Air Intake System,

Check Engine Idle Speeds •

Add Coolant Conditioner as required •

Replace Transmission and Hydraulic Filter Elements •

Clean Fuel Tank Vent Filter •

* Operating in extremely wet and muddy conditions

** See Engine Break-in Section and 250 Hour Section RX7010,80,5 -19-13OCT98

80-5 090699
PN=189
 Service

SERVICE INTERVAL CHART

1500 HOURS—2000 HOURS—ANNUAL—TWO YEARS—AS REQUIRED
1500 Hours 2000 Hours Annual Every Two As
Years Required
Item

Change Transmission-Hydraulic Oil •

Clean Hydraulic Oil Suction Screen •

Change MFWD Hub and Axle Housing Oil •

Change Triple Link Suspension Wheel Hub and Axle Housing Oil •

Lubricate Draft Link Support Shaft Bushing •

Check Belt Tensioner •

Clean and Repack Front Wheel Bearings •

Change Front PTO Housing Oil •

Adjust Engine Valve Clearance •

Replace Primary and Secondary Air Cleaner Elements •

Replace Cab Air Filters •

Lubricate PTO Shaft •

Drain, Flush, and Refill Engine Cooling System •

Check Thermostats •

Replace Transmission and Hydraulic Filter Elements •

Replace Fuel Prefilter and Filter Elements •

Replace Water Separator Element •

Bleed Fuel System •

Bleed Brakes •

Check Engine Compartment for Debris •

Clean Radiator and Oil-Cooler-Condenser •

Service Air Pre-Cleaner and Cleaner •

Replace Fan Belt •

Replace and Adjust Lights •

Replace Fuses and Relays •

Service Air Conditioner •

RX7010,80,6 -19-13OCT98

80-6 090699
PN=190
 Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Remove dipstick (A) and check oil level with tractor on

level ground. Oil level should be between the “ADD” and
the top of the cross-hatch area on dipstick.

-UN-21JUN96
NOTE: Cross-hatch area is considered FULL.

If needed, add oil recommended in Fuels, Lubricants and

Coolant Section in filler hole (B).

RW55827
Do not operate engine with oil level below the “ADD”
mark on dipstick.

NOTE: Tighten dipstick to check oil on 7710 and 7810

tractor engines.

RX7010,85,1 -19-18NOV96

DRAIN WATER SEPARATOR—IF EQUIPPED

Loosen bleed valve (A) on top of fuel filter. (See Bleed

Fuel System in Service/As Required Section.) Loosen
drain valve at bottom of fuel element or bowl and drain

-UN-08JUL96
accumulated water and other contaminants.

Tighten bottom valve and use fuel transfer pump to

bleed air from system when fuel runs free of
contaminants. Shut bleed valve.

RW55909
7610

-UN-09JUL96
RW55871

7710 and 7810

RX7010NA,WATER -19-28JUN96

85-1 090699
PN=191
 Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours

CHECK COOLANT LEVEL

Check coolant level, using the sight tube (A), after

starting the tractor. Coolant level should be visible in
sight tube when engine is at operating temperature.

-UN-21JUN96
If coolant level is low, check for any signs of leakage
and repair if necessary. Check all hose clamps for
tightness. Add coolant, as specified in Fuels, Lubricants
and Coolant Section, to overflow tank.

RW55760
IMPORTANT: Add 30 ml of John Deere Coolant
Conditioner for every liter of coolant
added (4 fluid ounces per gallon). (See
Supplemental Coolant Additives in
Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant Section.)

RX7010,85,2 -19-10JUL96

CHECK TRANSMISSION-HYDRAULIC OIL

LEVEL

Observe oil level in site glass (A) with tractor on level

ground, three-point hitch in the lowered position, and

-UN-21JUN96
engine stopped. Oil level should be at the upper mark
on the glass.

NOTE: Oil level will be lower with engine running or with

hitch raised.

RW55743
If oil level is below the lower mark, remove filler
cap (B) and add hydraulic oil. (See Transmission-
Hydraulic Oils specified in Fuels, Lubricants and
Coolant Section).

-UN-21JUN96
RW55744

RX7010,85,3 -19-21JUN96

85-2 090699
PN=192
 Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours

LUBRICATE REAR AXLE BEARINGS

NOTE: Lubricate every 750 hours under normal

conditions.

-UN-21DEC92
Apply 12—15 shots of John Deere High-Temperature/
Extreme-Pressure/Non-Clay grease to each fitting (A)
when tractor is operated in extremely wet or dusty
conditions.

RW22094
Grease used should meet specifications. See Fuels,
Lubricants, and Coolant Section.

RX7000,85,4 -19-31MAR95

LUBRICATE FRONT WHEEL BEARINGS

NOTE: Repack bearings every 1500 hours under normal

conditions.

-UN-21AUG92
Replace plug (A) with grease fitting for tractors equipped
with adjust able front axle operated in extremely wet
conditions. Continue 10 hour lubrication until wheel
bearing can be cleaned and repacked.

RW20356
Use Extreme Pressure, Non-Clay grease as specified in
Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant section.

See Service/1500 Hours for repacking instructions.

RX7000,85,5 -19-17JUN93

85-3 090699
PN=193
 Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours

LUBRICATE FRONT AXLE

NOTE: Lubricate every 250 hours under normal

conditions.

-UN-21AUG92
Apply several shots of grease to each fitting when
operating tractor in extremely wet or dusty conditions.

Use John Deere High-Temperature/Extreme-Pressure/

Non-Clay grease.

RW20357
A—Steering Cylinder Ends
B—Tie Rods
C—Steering Spindles
D—Axle Pivot Pin

-UN-21AUG92

-UN-21AUG92
RW20358

RW20359
RX7000,85,6 -19-31MAR95

85-4 090699
PN=194
 Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours

LUBRICATE MFWD AXLE

NOTE: Lubricate every 250 hours under normal

conditions.

Lubricate the MFWD front axle at 10 hour intervals when

operating in extremely wet or dusty conditions.

Use John Deere High-Temperature/Extreme-Pressure/

Non-Clay grease or other grease as specified in Fuels,
Lubricants and Coolant Section. DO NOT use Arctic

-UN-04APR98
grease with specification requirements per
MIL-G-10-924C.

Kingpins—apply grease to fittings (A) until grease

appears at orifice on bottom end of each kingpin

RW56542
bearing.

Tie Rods—apply several shots of grease to fittings (B).

Axle Pivot—apply several shots of grease to fitting (C).

-UN-06APR98
RW56561
RX7010,85,7B -19-17SEP98

85-5 090699
PN=195
 Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours

LUBRICATE TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION

(SUSPENDED FRONT AXLE)
NOTE: Lubricate every 250 hours under normal
conditions.

Lubricate the suspended front axle at 10 hour intervals

when operating in extremely wet or dusty conditions.

Use John Deere High-Temperature/Extreme-Pressure/

Non-Clay grease or other grease as specified in Fuels,

-UN-04APR98
Lubricants and Coolant Section. DO NOT use Arctic
grease with specification requirements per
MIL-G-10-924C.

Kingpins—apply grease to fittings (A) until grease

RW56542
appears at orifice on bottom end of each kingpin
bearing.

Tie Rods—apply several shots of grease to fittings (B).

Apply grease to each bearing fitting (C), each cylinder

fitting (D), to bearing support (E), and to area between
seal and bearing (F).

A—Kingpins
B—Tie Rod Ends

-UN-04APR98
C—Bearing (Each End)
D—Cylinders (Each End)
E—Bearing Support
F—Seal Barrier

RW56543
-UN-26JUN98
RW56585

RX7010,85,1A -19-07JUN99

85-6 090699
PN=196
 Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours

LUBRICATE THREE-POINT HITCH AND LIFT

LINKS

Apply several shots of grease to lift link fittings (A) and

center link.

-UN-21AUG92
Lubricate lift cylinder ends (B).

Use lubricant specified in Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant

Section.

RW22044
RX7000,90,7 -19-10JUL96

LUBRICATE FRONT PTO SHAFT

NOTE: Lubricate every 250 hours under normal

conditions.

-UN-13APR95
Lubricate front PTO shaft (A) at 10-hour intervals when
operating tractor in extremely wet or dusty conditions.
Apply grease to fitting located on back side of PTO
housing.

RW55666
Use Extreme Pressure, Non-Clay grease as specified in
Fuels, Lubricants and Coolant section.

RX7000,85,FPTO -19-20FEB99

CHECK ALL TIRES

Check pressure of each tire at least once a week (50

hours of operation). Repair cuts or breaks as soon as
possible. If tires contain liquid ballast, use a special
air-water gauge, and measure with valve stem at bottom.
(See tire pressure chart in Wheels, Tires and Treads
Section.)
-UN-14JUL98

IMPORTANT: For tractors with MFWD, keep front

tires at the maximum allowable
pressure to insure maximum
performance.
RW56584

RX7010,85,4 -19-06JUL98

85-7 090699
PN=197
 Service/250 Hours
CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

IMPORTANT: Change engine oil every 125 hours if

diesel fuel has a sulfur content greater
than 0.5 percent.

-UN-28JUL92
Run engine to warm oil. Stop engine. Remove crankcase
drain plug (A). Replace plug after oil drains out.

Remove filter element (B). Remove old packing and

RW20364
clean filter mounting surface. Apply a thin film of oil to
new packing and install new element. Hand-tighten filter
element. Do not overtighten.

Refill crankcase with seasonal viscosity grade oil. (See

Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant Section.) *

Crankcase with Filter:

-UN-08JUL96

-UN-08JUL96
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 L (20 qt)
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 L (26.4 qt)

Start engine and check for leaks.

RW55835

RW55836
Stop engine. Recheck oil level.

7610 7710—7810

* If John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME PLUS-50 engine oil and a

John Deere filter are used, the oil and filter service interval may be
extended by 50 percent to 375 hours. RX7010,95,1 -19-06JUL98

DRAIN FUEL TANK SUMP

Loosen small hex plug (A), while holding large hex plug
with a wrench, on both fuel tanks. Remove small plug
and drain fuel tanks until water or sediment has been
-UN-08JUL96
eliminated.

NOTE: A drain valve is available for areas or climates

where more water or sediment is noticed in the
fuel. See your John Deere Dealer.
RW55837

RX7010,95,2 -19-21JUN96

90-1 090699
PN=198
 Service/250 Hours

INSPECT FOR LOOSE BOLTS

Tighten all wheel bolts (A) as instructed in Wheel, Tires,

and Treads Section.

-UN-21JUN96
RW55818
RX7010,95,3 -19-20DEC96

LUBRICATE FRONT AXLE OR MFWD AXLE

See Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours Section for

servicing axles.

RX7000,90,8 -19-05FEB93

LUBRICATE TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION

(SUSPENDED FRONT AXLE)
See Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours Section for
servicing Triple Link Suspension.

RX7010,95,9 -19-15FEB99

90-2 090699
PN=199
 Service/250 Hours

CHECK MFWD AXLE HOUSING AND WHEEL

HUB OIL LEVEL

Put the tractor on level ground. Turn wheel hubs until

the words OIL LEVEL are horizontal. Remove plug (A).

-UN-16FEB99
Oil level should be just below plug hole. If low, add oil
through same hole. John Deere EXTREME-GARD oil is
recommended. (See MFWD Wheel Hub Oil in Fuels,
Lubricants, and Coolant Section.)

RW20378A
Check axle housing oil level (B). Oil level should be just
below plug hole. If low, remove plug (C) and add oil until
level is correct. John Deere HY-GARD oil is
recommended. (See MFWD Axle Housing Oil in Fuels,
Lubricants, and Coolant Section.)

-UN-11AUG98
RW56624
-UN-11AUG98
RW56627
RX7010,95,1A -19-07JUN99

90-3 090699
PN=200
 Service/250 Hours

CHECK TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION AXLE

HOUSING AND WHEEL HUB OIL LEVEL

Put the tractor on level ground. Turn wheel hubs until

the words OIL LEVEL are horizontal. Remove plug (A).

-UN-16FEB99
Oil level should be just below plug hole. If low, add oil
through same hole. John Deere EXTREME-GARD oil is
recommended. (See MFWD Wheel Hub Oil in Fuels,
Lubricants, and Coolant Section.)

RW20378A
Check axle housing oil level (B). Oil level should be just
below plug hole. If low, remove plug (C) and add oil until
level is correct. John Deere HY-GARD oil is
recommended. (See MFWD Axle Housing Oil in Fuels,
Lubricants, and Coolant Section.)

-UN-11AUG98
RW56624
-UN-19AUG98
RW56631

RX7010,95,2A -19-07JUN99

INSPECT FIRE EXTINGUISHER—IF

EQUIPPED

See manual packaged with extinguisher for inspection

instructions. Once extinguisher is operated, no matter
-UN-09DEC88

how long, it must be recharged.

RW14789

RX,H363 -19-06OCT89

90-4 090699
PN=201
 Service/250 Hours

LUBRICATE FRONT PTO SHAFT

See Service/Daily or Every 10 Hours Section for

servicing front PTO shaft.

RX7000,90,FPTO -19-31MAR95

CHECK FRONT PTO HOUSING OIL LEVEL

Put tractor on level ground.

Check PTO housing oil level by removing plug (A). Use

-UN-13APR95
lubricant specified in Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant
Section.

RW55669
RX7000E,90,2 -19-20FEB99

SERVICE BATTERIES

N CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

-UN-23AUG88
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.

Always remove ground cable (A) FIRST and

TS204
connect it LAST.
-UN-08JUL96
RW55838

RX7010,95,5 -19-21JUN96

90-5 090699
PN=202
 Service/250 Hours

N CAUTION: Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is

poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin,
eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if
splashed into eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

• Filling batteries in a well ventilated area
• Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves
• Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte
is added
• Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help
neutralize the acid
3. Flush your eyes with water for 10-15
minutes. Get medical attention
immediately

-UN-23AUG88
If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs,
or vegetable oil
3. Get medical attention immediately

TS203
1. Keep all connections (A) clean and tight. Remove
corrosion, and wash terminals with a solution of baking
soda and water.

2. Check the specific gravity of the electrolyte in each

battery cell. Charge batteries if reading is below 1.215.

-UN-28JUL92
See Service Section.

3. Check level of electrolyte in each cell (B). If low, fill to

bottom of filler necks with CLEAN, SOFT water. DO
NOT OVERFILL.

RW20368
IMPORTANT: Do not add water in freezing weather
unless tractor operates at least 30
minutes.

4. Coat terminals with small amount of grease and

replace terminal shields.

RX7000,90,3 -19-18DEC92

90-6 090699
PN=203
 Service/250 Hours

CHECK NEUTRAL START SYSTEM—

POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION

Fully depress clutch and brake pedals. Move gear shift

lever (A) from PARK to a forward gear. Attempt to start

-UN-21JUN96
engine. Starter should NOT engage.

If starter engages, neutral start system should be

repaired by your John Deere Dealer immediately. Repeat
this step with transmission in a reverse gear.

RW55747
RX7010,95,6 -19-20OCT97

CHECK NEUTRAL START SYSTEM—

POWRQUAD TRANSMISSION WITH
RIGHT-HAND REVERSER

Fully depress clutch and brake pedals. Move reverser

-UN-27OCT97
lever (A) from PARK to a forward gear. Attempt to start
engine. Starter should NOT engage.

If starter engages, neutral start system should be

repaired by your John Deere Dealer immediately. Repeat

RW56466
this step with transmission in a reverse gear.

RX7010,95,6A -19-20OCT97

90-7 090699
PN=204
 Service/250 Hours

CHECK NEUTRAL START SYSTEM—

POWRQUAD TRANSMISSION WITH
LEFT-HAND REVERSER

Start engine with range-shift lever (A) in NEUTRAL and

-UN-21JUN96
reverser lever (B) in NEUTRAL. Wait 6—7 seconds.
Move reverser lever from neutral to forward or reverse. If
reverser lever remains in direction selected, without
being held, neutral start system is working correctly.

RW55869
If reverser lever returns INSTANTLY from forward or
reverse to neutral, without being moved manually, neutral
start system should be repaired by your John Deere
Dealer immediately.

-UN-27OCT97
RW56470
RX7010,95,6B -19-20OCT97

CLEAN CAB AIR FILTERS

N CAUTION: The air quality system air filters are

not designed to filter out harmful chemicals.
Follow the instructions in the implement

-UN-08JUL96
operator’s manual and those given by the
chemical manufacturer when using agricultural
chemicals.

Remove air recirculation filter housing covers (A) behind

RW55839
the seat and remove filters. Blow clean with compressed
air. This service may be required more often in dusty
conditions.

Remove and clean fresh air filter (B) with compressed

air. Inspect filter for damage after cleaning. Damaged
filters should be replaced immediately. Make sure gasket
is in good condition.
-UN-21JUN96
RW55840

RX7010,95,7 -19-06JUL98

90-8 090699
PN=205
 Service/250 Hours

CHECK MANUAL BRAKES

With engine stopped, check manual brakes for correct

function:

-UN-21JUN96
1. Pump individually the left brake (A) and right brake
(B). The pedals should have a solid feel. If pedals do not
feel solid, bleed the brakes or see your John Deere
Dealer.

RW55792
2. Check to make sure the pedals do not settle to the
end of stroke within 10 seconds after being applied. If
leakage exceeds this rate or if one pedal settles faster
than the other, see your John Deere Dealer.

3. Press both pedals simultaneously. A solid pedal

should be obtained at approximately the same pedal
height on both pedals. If height varies more than 51 mm
(2 in.) bleed the brakes or see your John Deere Dealer.

IMPORTANT: Any noticeable pedal drift downward

from the point of resistance indicates
brake leakage. See your John Deere
Dealer.

A solid pedal and balance between the

left and right pedals are important for
emergency braking conditions when the
latch bar (C) is used.

RX7010,95,8 -19-20FEB99

90-9 090699
PN=206
 Service/750 Hours
REPLACE TRANSMISSION FILTER ELEMENT

Replace transmission filter element as required or 750

hours.

-UN-28JUL92
Remove filter element (A).

Lubricate the new filter packing with hydraulic oil only.

Install and hand tighten filter element.

RW20391
Check oil level and add as required.

IMPORTANT: Filter screen on power shift

transmission must be replaced when
changing the transmission filter. See
your John Deere Dealer.

Power shift transmission filter screen is located behind

large hex plug (B).

-UN-13APR95
RW55670
RX7000,110,1 -19-31MAR95

REPLACE HYDRAULIC FILTER ELEMENT

Replace hydraulic filter element as required or 750

hours. -UN-21JUN96

Remove filter element (A).

Lubricate the new filter packing with hydraulic oil only.

Install and hand tighten filter element.
RW55841

Check oil level and add as required.

RX7010,100,1 -19-21JUN96

95-1 090699
PN=207
 Service/750 Hours

LUBRICATE REAR AXLE BEARINGS

Apply grease to fittings (A) until grease appears at seals,

or a maximum of 25 shots. Use John Deere High-
Temperature/Extreme-Pressure/Non-Clay grease or

-UN-21DEC92
equivalent.

RW22094
RX7000,95,1 -19-18DEC92

CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

To service the air intake system:

• Prop up or remove hood. (See Removing Hood in

-UN-21JUN96
Service Section.)

• Check all air intake system joints (A) for tightness.

• Check hose clamps at turbocharger for tightness.

RW55842
• Inspect pre-cleaner for any evidence of clogging
by shining a bright light into the intake duct.
Tubes (B) should be clear of dirt and trash.

NOTE: Leaking or damaged hoses are the cause of dirt

entering the engine.

-UN-28JUL92
RW20381
RX7010,100,2 -19-10JUL96

CHECK ENGINE IDLE SPEEDS

With no load, slow idle speed should be 850±50 rpm.

Fast idle speed should be 2275±50 rpm. If speeds are

not correct, see your John Deere Dealer.

RX,111566,100,3-19-07DEC95

95-2 090699
PN=208
 Service/750 Hours

ADD COOLANT CONDITIONER

Perform a COOLSCAN analysis (see your John Deere

Dealer). If a COOLSCAN analysis is not available,
recharge system as instructed on coolant conditioner

-UN-21JUN96
bottle. (See Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant Section.)

Remove radiator cap access panel and radiator cap (A).

Add 15 mL—30 mL of coolant conditioner for every liter
of coolant that is needed (0.5 fl. oz.—1.0 fl. oz. for every

RW55843
quart). If needed, drain a small amount of coolant from
system.

RX7010,100,3 -19-21JUN96

CLEAN FUEL TANK VENT FILTER

Remove fuel tank vent filter (A) and clean in soapy

detergent solution.

-UN-03FEB93
Blow dry with compressed air and replace.

RW22107
RX7000,90,4 -19-01FEB93

95-3 090699
PN=209
 Service/1500 Hours
CHANGE TRANSMISSION-HYDRAULIC OIL

Put the tractor on level ground and run the engine to

warm oil.

-UN-28JUL92
Stop the engine and remove drain plugs (A) on bottom
of differential case and MFWD clutch housing.

Reinstall plugs after oil has drained. (See Cleaning

Hydraulic Oil Suction Screen.)

RW20384
Refill with Transmission-Hydraulic oil specified in Fuels,
Lubricants, and Coolant Section.

NOTE: When changing oil from one viscosity to another,

the power shift control unit must be recalibrated.
See your John Deere Dealer.

-UN-08JUL96
SYSTEM CAPACITY* DRAIN AND FILL

Transmissions:
Power Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.3 L (27 gal)
PowrQuad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98.3 L (25.9 gal)
PowrQuad with Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.3 L (27 gal)

RW55745
Start and run engine several minutes. Check for leaks.
Stop engine and recheck oil level after a minimum of five
minutes. Add oil as necessary.

* Capacities are average values and may vary between tractors or

each oil change. RX7010,105,1 -19-21JUN96

CLEAN HYDRAULIC OIL SUCTION SCREEN

Drain transmission-hydraulic oil.

Remove oil line (A), located on the front left side of the
-UN-11JUL96
differential case. Remove suction screen and wash
screen carefully in solvent. Blow dry screen with
compressed air.

Install line making sure gasket and O-ring are correctly

RW55746

positioned.

RX7010,105,2 -19-21JUN96

100-1 090699
PN=210
 Service/1500 Hours

CHANGE MFWD HUB AND AXLE

HOUSING OIL

1. Put the tractor on level surface.

-UN-16FEB99
2. Rotate wheel until drain fill hole (A) is at bottom of
hub. Remove plug and drain oil.

3. Rotate wheel with drain-fill plug positioned horizontally

RW20386A
after oil has drained.

4. Add John Deere EXTREME-GARD oil as specified in

Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant Section, through drain-fill
hole until oil is even with bottom of hole. Install the plug.

Wheel Hub Capacity

Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 L (2.0 qt)

-UN-11AUG98
High-Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 L (4.0 qt)

5. Remove axle housing drain plug (B) and (D). Replace

plug after oil has drained.

RW56625
6. Add John Deere HY-GARD oil as specified in Fuels,
Lubricants, and Coolant Section) through fill hole (C)
until oil is even with bottom of hole (E). Install the plugs.

Axle Housing Capacity . . . . . . . . . 14.4 L (15.2 qt)

7. After a few minutes of operation, recheck oil level.

Add more if necessary.

8. Tighten plugs all plugs to 70 N·m (52 lb-ft).

-UN-11AUG98
RW56626

RX7010,100,1A -19-07JUN99

100-2 090699
PN=211
 Service/1500 Hours

CHANGE TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION AXLE

HOUSING AND WHEEL HUB OIL

1. Put the tractor on level surface.

-UN-16FEB99
2. Rotate wheel until drain fill hole (A) is at bottom of
hub. Remove plug and drain oil.

3. Rotate wheel with drain-fill plug positioned horizontally

RW20386A
after oil has drained.

4. Add John Deere EXTREME-GARD oil as specified in

Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant Section, through drain-fill
hole until oil is even with bottom of hole. Install the plug.

Hub capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 L (2.0 qt)

5. Remove axle housing drain plug (B) and (D). Replace

-UN-04APR98
plug after oil has drained.

6. Add John Deere HY-GARD oil, as specified in Fuels,

Lubricants, and Coolant Section, through fill hole (C) until
oil is even with bottom of hole (E). Install the plugs.

RW56547
Axle Housing Capacity . . . . . . . . . 14.4 L (15.2 qt)

7. After a few minutes of operation, recheck oil level.

Add more if necessary.

8. Tighten plugs all plugs to 70 N·m (52 lb-ft).

-UN-11AUG98
RW56626
RX7010,100,2A -19-07JUN99

LUBRICATE DRAFT LINK SUPPORT SHAFT

BUSHING

Apply one or two shots of grease to support shaft

bushing (A).
-UN-16FEB99
RW22046A

RX,111556,105,3-19-15FEB99

100-3 090699
PN=212
 Service/1500 Hours

CHECK BELT TENSIONER

1. Remove belt from alternator pulley using breaker

bar (A).

-UN-16FEB99
2. Measure 21 mm (13/16 in.) from (B) and put a
mark (C) on mounting bracket.

3. Rotate tension arm with torque wrench until marks (B)

and (C) are aligned. Torque wrench measurement should

RW55845A
be approximately 24 N·m (17 lb-ft). If measurement is
not to specification, see your John Deere Dealer.

NOTE: See Replace Fan Belt in Service/As Required

Section if belt requires replacement.

-UN-09SEP98

-UN-09SEP98
RW21152A

RW21153A
RX7010,105,5 -19-15FEB99

CLEAN AND REPACK FRONT WHEEL

BEARINGS

Remove wheel and spindle (A).

-UN-21AUG92
Remove, clean, and repack wheel bearings.

Use Extreme Pressure, Non-Clay grease. See Fuels,

Lubricants, and Coolant section.

RW20356

RX7000,100,4 -19-18DEC92

CHANGE FRONT PTO HOUSING OIL

Put tractor on level ground.

Remove housing drain plug (B). Replace plug after oil

-UN-16FEB99

has drained.

Remove plug (A) and refill with Transmission-Hydraulic

oil specified in Fuels, Lubricants, and Coolant Section.
RW22129A

Replace plug.

RX7000E,100,1 -19-20FEB99

100-4 090699
PN=213
 Service/2000 Hours
ADJUST ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE

Valve clearance must be adjusted every 2000 hours.

Have your John Deere Dealer adjust engine valve
clearance (A).

-UN-21JUN96
RW55846
RX7010,110,1 -19-21JUN96

105-1 090699
PN=214
 Service/Annual
REPLACE AIR CLEANER ELEMENTS

1. Remove side shield. (See Removing Side Shields in

Service Section.)

-UN-21JUN96
2. Remove screw and air cleaner cover.

3. Remove primary element (A).

IMPORTANT: Remove secondary element (B) ONLY if

RW55847
it is to be replaced. Do not attempt to
clean secondary element. Install new
element immediately to prevent dust
from entering air intake system.

4. Pull out secondary element (B), if replacement is

required.

-UN-21JUN96
5. Install air cleaner elements and cover. Hand tighten
the screw.

RW55848
RX7010,115,1 -19-21JUN96

REPLACE CAB AIR FILTERS

N CAUTION: The air quality system air filters are

not designed to filter out harmful chemicals.
Follow the instructions in the implement

-UN-08JUL96
operator’s manual and those given by the
chemical manufacturer when using agricultural
chemicals.

Remove air recirculation filter housing covers (A) behind

RW55839
the seat and replace filters.

Remove and replace fresh air filter (B). Make sure

gasket is in good condition.
-UN-21JUN96
RW55840

RX7010,115,2 -19-06JUL98

110-1 090699
PN=215
 Service/Annual

LUBRICATE PTO SHAFT

Remove snap ring (A) and pull out PTO stub shaft (B).

Clean stub shaft thoroughly, coat splines with John

-UN-04DEC92
Deere High-Temperature/Extreme-Pressure/Non-Clay
grease to prevent rust and install into housing. Install
snap ring in groove to retain shaft. (See Changing PTO
Stub Shaft in Drawbar and PTO section.)

RW21879
RX7000,105,PTO -19-11NOV96

110-2 090699
PN=216
 Service/Two Years
FLUSH COOLING SYSTEM AND CHECK
THERMOSTATS

N CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. DO NOT

remove radiator cap when engine is hot. Stop

-UN-21JUN96
engine and wait until engine has cooled.

1. Slowly turn the radiator cap to relieve pressure, then

carefully remove cap (A).

RW55843
2. Open radiator and engine drain cocks (B) and drain.

3. Remove thermostat cover (C) and thermostats. Install

cover without thermostats. Tighten cap screws.

IMPORTANT: Remove thermostats; turn cab heater

ON during entire flushing procedure.

-UN-21JUN96
4. Close drain cocks, fill system with a commercial
cooling system cleaning solution. Run engine up to
operating temperature. Stop engine and drain system.

IMPORTANT: Never pour cold water or coolant into

RW55757
hot engine. Use warm water or wait
until engine has cooled.

5. Close drain cocks, fill system with clean water. Run

engine up to operating temperature. Stop engine and
drain system.

6. Remove thermostat cover and clean sealing area.

-UN-01JUL96
Apply sealant to new gasket and install thermostats
and gasket. Tighten cap screws to 48 N·m (35 lb-ft).

NOTE: Check thermostats for correct operation before

installing.

RW55913
7. Close drain cocks again. Fill system with the specified
coolant *. Run engine to circulate and mix coolant. 7610
Coolant level should be up to mark on expansion tank.

8. Addition of coolant conditioner:

Model Coolant Capacity Coolant Conditioner

-UN-21JUN96

7610 24 L (25.0 qt) 720 mL (25.0 oz)

7710 26 L (27.5 qt) 780 mL (27.5 oz)
7810 26 L (27.5 qt) 780 mL (27.5 oz)

9. Clean radiator and cooler condenser. Straighten any

RW55849

bent fins. (See Clean Grille Screens, Radiator, and Oil

Cooler Condenser in Service/As Required Section.)
7710 and 7810

* Service interval can be extended to three years. See Fuel, Lubricants,

and Coolant Section. RX7010,120,1 -19-21NOV96

115-1 090699
PN=217
 Service/As Required
REPLACE TRANSMISSION FILTER ELEMENT

Replace transmission filter element as required or 750

hours, or when filter indicator light come on.

-UN-28JUL92
Remove filter element (A).

Lubricate the new filter packing with hydraulic oil only.

Install and hand tighten filter element.

RW20391
Check oil level and add as required.

IMPORTANT: Filter screen on power shift

transmission must be replaced when
changing the transmission filter. See
your John Deere Dealer.

Power shift transmission filter screen is located behind

large hex plug (B).

-UN-13APR95
RW55670
RX7010,130,1 -19-21JUN96

REPLACE HYDRAULIC FILTER ELEMENT

Replace hydraulic filter element as required or 750

hours.

-UN-21JUN96
Remove filter element (A).

Lubricate the new filter packing with hydraulic oil only.

Install and hand tighten filter element.

RW55841

Check oil level and add as required.

RX7010,130,2 -19-21JUN96

120-1 090699
PN=218
 Service/As Required

SERVICE FUEL PREFILTER

IMPORTANT: Before removing prefilter (A) verify “IN”

is marked on fuel tank end of filter. If
filter is reused, be sure to install in the

-UN-21JUN96
same direction as removed. Incorrect
installation of filter could cause
damage to transfer pump.

1. Verify “IN” mark on end of filter or mark direction of

RW55850
fuel flow.

2. Remove filter from lines. 7610

3. Back flush filter with compressed air. If unrestricted

flow is obtained reinstall filter in same direction as
removed. Replace clogged or damaged prefilter.

IMPORTANT: Failure to replace clogged or damaged

-UN-21JUN96
prefilter could result in damaging the
transfer pump.

RW55851
7710 and 7810
RX7010,130,3 -19-21JUN96

REPLACE FUEL FILTER—7610

Loss of power under heavy load could indicate fuel filter

plugging. To replace filter:

-UN-01JUL96
• Unscrew filter retaining ring (A) to remove filter. Pull
fuel filter from filter base and discard.

• Align keys on fuel filter with slots in filter base

and install. Hold filter firmly against base.
RW55914
• Tighten the fuel filter retaining ring into lock position.

NOTE: Correct installation is indicated when a “click” is

heard and a release of the retaining ring is felt.

For a cleaner service, a plug is provided with

new element for plugging used element.

• Bleed fuel system as described in this section.

RX7010,130,4 -19-21JUN96

120-2 090699
PN=219
 Service/As Required

BLEED FUEL SYSTEM—7610

1. Turn key switch to ON position.

2. Loosen bleed plug (A) on fuel filter base.

-UN-01JUL96
3. Push hand primer (B) on fuel supply pump.

NOTE: If the primer does not pump fuel and no

resistance is felt, turn the engine slightly with the

RW55915
starter to change the fuel pump cam position.

4. Push the hand primer until a smooth flow of fuel, free

of bubbles, comes out of the filter bleed plug hole.

5. Tighten bleed plug and leave primer lever in the down

position.

If the engine will not start, see Troubleshooting Section

or see your John Deere Dealer.

RX7010,130,6 -19-21JUN96

120-3 090699
PN=220
 Service/As Required

REPLACE WATER SEPARATOR

ELEMENT—7710 AND 7810

1. Thoroughly clean exterior of filter element (A) and

filter mounting area.

-UN-09JUL96
NOTE: Lifting up on ring as it is rotated helps to get it
past retaining detent.

2. Rotate retaining ring counterclockwise (left) 1/4 turn.

RW55871
Remove ring with filter element.

3. Remove water separator from filter element. Drain and

clean water separator, dry with compressed air.

NOTE: Notice indexing keys on filter element. These

keys insure proper alignment of filter element to
mounting base.

4. Install water separator onto new filter element.

5. Index filter element until longer, vertical keys are

oriented away from engine. Insert filter element into
mounting base securely. It may be necessary to rotate
filter for correct alignment.

6. Install retaining ring to mounting base, making certain

dust seal is in place on filter base. Tighten retaining ring
until it locks into detent position and a “click” sound can
be heard.

7. Bleed fuel system. (See Bleed Fuel System in this

section.)

RX7010E,130,1 -19-18NOV96

REPLACE FUEL FILTER—7710 AND 7810

Loss of power under heavy load could indicate fuel filter

plugging. To replace filter:
-UN-08JUL96

• Release clamps and remove filter (A).

• Install new filter.

• Bleed fuel system as described in Service Section.

RW55832

RX7010,130,5 -19-21JUN96

120-4 090699
PN=221
 Service/As Required

BLEED FUEL SYSTEM—7710 AND 7810

1. Turn key switch to ON position.

2. Loosen bleed plug (A) on top, left of fuel filter.

-UN-08JUL96
3. Unscrew hand primer (B) until it can be pulled by
hand.

4. Push the hand primer until a smooth flow of fuel, free

RW55833
of bubbles, comes out of the filter bleed plug hole.

5. Gently push the hand primer down and close the

bleed plug. Tighten plug securely. DO NOT overtighten.
Continue operating hand primer until slight pressure is
felt.

IMPORTANT: Be sure hand primer is all the way

-UN-11JUL96
down in barrel, before tightening, to
prevent internal thread damage.

6. Lock hand primer in position.

RW55834
If the engine will not start, see Troubleshooting Section
or see your John Deere Dealer.

RX7010,130,7 -19-21JUN96

120-5 090699
PN=222
 Service/As Required

BLEED BRAKES

NOTE: Brake bleed screws are on both sides of the

differential case.

-UN-30JUL98
1. Loosen the brake bleed port jam nuts (A) a minimum
of one complete turn.

2. Open the bleed screws (B) one and one half turns.

RW22204A
3. Start engine and pump the left and right brake pedals
together three times with one of the pedals at least
13 mm (0.5 in.) lower than the other.

4. Lock the brake pedals together and depress the brake

pedals for a minimum of 15 seconds.

5. Close the bleed screws and tighten jam nuts with

pedals still depressed.

6. Stop engine and depress each brake pedal.

Resistance should be present before the pedal
reaches the stop.

IMPORTANT: Any noticeable pedal drift downward

from the point of resistance indicates
brake leakage.

RX7000W,120,4 -19-15FEB99

CHECK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FOR

ACCUMULATED TRASH AND DEBRIS

Clean as necessary, especially around potential hot

spots such as turbocharger, exhaust manifold, and
muffler.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT use steam cleaner or high

pressure washer in area of viscous fan
drive. High pressure could force dirt
past seals in drive hub.
-UN-03DEC93

Never steam clean or pour cold water

on an injection pump that is operating
or hot. Pump could seize.
RW55143

RX,111566,125,5-19-16NOV93

120-6 090699
PN=223
 Service/As Required

CLEAN GRILLE SCREENS, RADIATOR, AND

OIL-COOLER CONDENSER

1. Stop engine and clean front grille screens or side

panels using a brush.

-UN-28JUL92
2. Remove engine side shields, and remove any trash
built up on radiator and cooler-condenser.

3. Remove front grille screen brace on each side of

RW20401
cooler-condenser. Slide cooler-condenser partially out
one side, clean and repeat process for the other side.
Use compressed air (A) or water. Straighten any bent
fins.

RX7000,125,8 -19-18DEC92

SERVICE AIR PRE-CLEANER

1. Remove pre-cleaner bracket nuts (A). Disconnect hose

and wiring (B). Remove ejector hose from pre-cleaner.
Remove pre-cleaner from tractor by rotating and sliding

-UN-21JUN96
out of intake canister inlet.

2. Clean aspirator tubes using compressed air, not to

exceed 690 kPa (100 psi).

RW55853
3. Wash in warm water with a mild detergent if
compressed air fails to clean adequately. Rinse
in clean water. Dry before installing.

RX7010,130,8 -19-21JUN96

SERVICE AIR CLEANER

When AIR FILTER indicator is ON, clean or replace

PRIMARY filter element (A).
-UN-21JUN96

The smaller SECONDARY element should be removed

only when being replaced, normally once a year.
RW55847

RX7010,130,9 -19-21JUN96

120-7 090699
PN=224
 Service/As Required

CLEAN AND INSPECT PRIMARY ELEMENT

-UN-28JUL92
RW20416
IMPORTANT: Always replace secondary (smaller) • INSPECTING
filter element. Do not attempt to
clean element. The secondary Hold a bright light inside element and check carefully
element should be replaced every for damage. Discard element if screen is damaged or
second or third primary element element shows the slightest rupture or hole.
change.
Make sure gasket is in good condition.
• CLEANING DUSTY ELEMENT
• REPLACING ELEMENT
Tap the sides of element gently by hand to loosen
dirt. Do not tap element against a hard surface. Replace filter element after one year’s service or six
cleanings or if air filter indicator remains on.
IMPORTANT: Compressed air can be used to Damaged filters should be replaced immediately.
clean primary element; however,
only a special air cleaning gun
should be used. See your John
Deere Dealer. An ordinary air nozzle
may severly damage element due to
concentrated air pressure.

If tapping element does not remove dust, clean

element with compressed air. Hold nozzle next to
inner surface and move up and down pleats.

IMPORTANT: Do not direct air against outside of

element, as it might force dirt
through to inside.

Repeat procedure to remove additional dirt.

Inspect element before reinstalling.

RX8000,130,10 -19-17DEC96

120-8 090699
PN=225
 Service/As Required

REPLACE FAN BELT

NOTE: Fan drive belt is equipped with an automatic

tensioner which does not require adjustment.

-UN-21JUN96
1. Rotate tension arm by placing 1/2 in. breaker bar in
arm (A).

2. Remove belt from fan drive pulley.

RW55845
3. Relax tension and remove belt from crankshaft pulley
and fan.

4. Replace belt.

-UN-15JUL96

-UN-15JUL96
RW55864

RW55865
7610 Open Station -UN-03DEC93 7610 Cab

-UN-03DEC93
RW55119

RW55120

7710 and 7810 Open Station 7710 and 7810 Cab

RX7010,130,10 -19-21JUN96

120-9 090699
PN=226
 Service/As Required

REPLACE FRONT LIGHTS

1. Remove side shields.

2. Remove connector (A). Remove dust boot, and

-UN-21JUN96
unlatch retaining spring. Remove lamp element and
install new element. Latch retaining spring. Install dust
boot and connector.

3. To replace side lamp (B), twist connector 1/4 turn and

RW55772
pull to remove. Replace element and install connector.

RX7010,130,11 -19-21JUN96

ADJUST HEADLIGHTS

-UN-12JUL96
RW55862
Park tractor on a level surface 5 m (16.5 ft) from a
vertical wall.

Use adjusting screws (C) to adjust each headlight

so the bright-dark border forms a horizontal line

-UN-21JUN96
5 cm (2 in.) lower than headlight height (B).

Switch to high beam. Laterally align headlights so the

distance between light beam center on test surface
corresponds to distance (A) between headlights.
RW55773

RX7010,130,12 -19-21JUN96

120-10 090699
PN=227
 Service/As Required

Adjust head lights by self-locking screws on the inner top

(A) and inner-bottom (B) of each light.

Beam Direction Screw Adjustment

-UN-21JUN96
Raise Turn Screw (A) Counterclockwise
Turn Screw (B) Clockwise

Lower Turn Screw (A) Clockwise

Turn Screw (B) Counterclockwise

RW55774
Inward Turn Screw (A) and (B)
Counterclockwise

Outward Turn Screw (A) and (B)

Clockwise

RX7010,130,13 -19-21JUN96

REPLACE ROOF FRONT FLOOD LIGHT

• Remove screws (A) holding lamp bezel in roof.

• Remove screws (B) to remove lamp from bezel.

-UN-14JUL94
• Disconnect lamp from connector (C) and connect new
lamp.

RW55420
-UN-14JUL94
RW55421

RX7000,125,21 -19-04APR95

120-11 090699
PN=228
 Service/As Required

REPLACE FRONT FENDER FLOODS

• Unfasten lamp retainer, twist and pull bulb from

housing (A).

-UN-21JUN96
• Disconnect bulb from wiring harness and connect new
bulb.

RW55863
RX7010,130,13A -19-21JUN96

REPLACE FRONT BELT-LINE FLOOD LIGHT

• Unfasten lamp retainer, twist and pull bulb from

housing (A).

-UN-11JUL96
• Disconnect bulb from wiring harness and connect new
bulb.

RW55748
RX7010,130,14 -19-21JUN96

REPLACE FRONT WARNING LIGHT

• Remove screws (A) holding lamp in roof.

• Pull lamp housing and bulb (B) from roof.

-UN-14JUL94

-UN-14JUL94
• Replace bulb.
RW55424

RW55425

RX7000,125,23 -19-06APR95

REPLACE REAR WARNING LIGHT

• Remove screws (A) securing lamp to housing.

• Unfasten lamp retainer and pull bulb from housing.

-UN-21JUN96

• Disconnect bulb from wiring harness and connect new

bulb.
RW55749

RX7010,130,15 -19-21JUN96

120-12 090699
PN=229
 Service/As Required

REPLACE ROOF REAR FLOOD LIGHT

• Unfasten lamp retainer, twist and pull bulb from

housing (A).

-UN-21JUN96
• Disconnect bulb from wiring harness and connect new
bulb.

RW55750
RX7010,130,16 -19-21JUN96

REPLACE FENDER-MOUNTED FLOOD

LIGHT

• Unfasten lamp retainer, twist and pull bulb from

housing (A).

-UN-21JUN96
• Disconnect bulb from wiring harness and connect new
bulb.

RW55751
RX7010,130,17 -19-21JUN96

REPLACE TAIL LIGHT

• Remove screws (A) from access cover.

• Pull cover down.

-UN-21JUN96

-UN-14JUL94
• Replace bulb (B).
RW55752

RW55429
RX7010,130,18 -19-21JUN96

120-13 090699
PN=230
 Service/As Required

REPLACE FUSES AND RELAYS

For tractors with Cab:

Remove magnetic cover to access fuse panel (A).

Remove top and side cover to access relays on upper

panel (B) and lower panel (C).

-UN-27MAY92
RW21128
For Open-Station tractors:

Remove cover to access fuse and relay panel (D).

-UN-23DEC92
RW22103
RX7010,130,19 -19-21JUN96

120-14 090699
PN=231
 Service/As Required

LOAD CENTER FUSES, RELAYS, AND DIODES—CAB

F1—CCU-Function Indicator
Lamps, Creeper, and
Radar
F2—CCU-Brakes, PTO,
MFWD, and Differential
Lock, HMS
F3—Performance Monitor
F4—CCU-Central Control
F5—HCU-Hitch Control
F6—RCU-Reverser Control, if
equipped
F7—CCU and Corner Post
Display
F8—LPH-Row Guidance
Control
F9—Spare
F10—Diagnostic Calibration
Hitch Control
Power Shift Control
Central Control Unit
F11—Seat Height Switch
F12—Reverser Switch, if
equipped
F13—Light Switch-B Terminal
F14—Radio, Dome Light,
Multi-Func. Control
F15—Conv. Outlet, Lighter,
Junction Block, and
Aux. Power Strip
F16—Key Switch
F17—Front and Rear W/Wiper
F18—Diagnostic/Programming
Connector
F19—KCB1 Relay-Left
Blower-Purge
F20—KCB2 Relay-Right
Blower-Purge, R/L
Blower Switch
F21—Courtesy Lamps
F22—Junction Block
F23—Junction Block, Conv.
Outlet, Aux. Power Strip
F24—A/C Circuit
F25—Brake Lamps
F26—Rear Roof Floods and
Roof Beacon
-UN-15JUL96
RW55867
F27—Front Floods K6—Rear Fender Floods
F28—Rear Fender Floods K7—Right Turn/Hazard Roof,
F29—Hi/Lo Head Lights Road Transport
F30—Hazard Switch, L/R K8—Left Turn/Hazard Roof,
Turn Relay and Trailer Road Transport
Lights K9—Belt-line Floods
F31—Seat Controller and K10—Front Wrap and Belly
Cigar Lighter Floods (opt)
F32—Accessory Outlet Pins K11—Brake Lamps
4 and 7 K12—7-Pin Socket Accessory
F33—Belt-line Floods K13—Electronics (ELX)
F34—L Tail and R Front Relay-1
Clearance Lamp K14—Accessory-1
F35—R Tail and L Front K15—Front/Rear Wiper
Clearance Lamp K16—Air Quality System
F36—Front Wrap Floods (AQS) Blower Switch
K1—Spare K17—Spare
K2—Rear Roof Floods K18—Hazard Lamps
K3—Head Lights-Hi Beam DB1—Six Diodes
K4—Head Lights-Lo Beam DB2—Six Diodes
K5—Front Roof Floods

IMPORTANT: DO NOT install a fuse in location If a fuse is inadvertently installed in

F10. This is for diagnostic readout this location, be sure key switch is
and calibration of electronic systems OFF before removing fuse.
used by your John Deere Dealer.

Fuse replacement must be the same rating as the original RX7010,130,20 -19-06JUL98

120-15 090699
PN=232
 Service/As Required

LOAD CENTER FUSES, RELAYS, AND DIODES—OPEN STATION

-UN-15JUL96
RW55868
F1—CCU-Creeper Sensor, F11—Left Tail Lights F20—Hazard Lights K7—7-Pin Socket Accessory
and Radar F12—Right Tail Lights F21—Accessory Relay and K8—Electronics (ELX) Relay
F2—CCU-PTO, Brakes, F13—Key Switch Seat Switch K9—Accessory Relay
MFWD and Differential F14—Lighter, Turn Signals F22—Spare K10—Power Shift Latching
Lock, HMS and Indicators, and F23—7-Pin Socket Accessory Relay
F3—Tachometer Display Horn F24—Spare K11—Power Shift Enable
Module F15—Convenience Outlet K1—Head Lights Relay
F4—CCU-Central Control F16—Electronics Power K2—Hi-Low Beam K12—Power Shift
F5—HCU-Hitch Control F17—Hi-Low Head Lights, K3—Front Floods “Come-Home” Relay
F6—Spare Hazard Indicator, and K4—Rear Floods K13—Blank
F7—Spare Tach Display Back K5—Right Fender K14—Blank
F8—Spare Light Turn/Hazard, Road DB1—Six Diodes
F9—Spare F18—Front Flood Lights Transport DB2—Six Diodes
F10—Diagnostic Calibration F19—Rear Flood and Wrap K6—Left Fender Turn/Hazard,
Hitch Control Lights Road Transport
Power Shift Control
Central Control Unit

IMPORTANT: DO NOT install a fuse in location If a fuse is inadvertently installed in

F10. This is for diagnostic readout this location, be sure key switch is
and calibration of electronic systems OFF before removing fuse.
used by your John Deere Dealer.

Fuse replacement must be the same rating as the original RX7010,130,21 -19-06JUL98

120-16 090699
PN=233
 Service/As Required

SERVICE AIR CONDITIONER

N CAUTION: Refrigerant under pressure.

Improper servicing may cause refrigerant to
penetrate eyes and skin or cause burns.

-UN-23AUG88
IMPORTANT: R134a refrigerant must be used. This
requires special equipment and
procedures. See your John Deere
Dealer.

X9811
NOTE: Some oil seepage from compressor shaft seal,
on the lower front, is normal.

Check the following if air conditioner will not cool, or

cooling is intermittent:

• If air conditioner clutch slips after tractor has been in

-UN-28JUL92
storage, compressor may be stuck. Stop engine and turn
key switch to OFF position. Remove clutch cover. Rotate
clutch hub back and forth to free compressor.

RW21293
• Remove sight glass plug (A). Run engine at 2000
rpm. Set air conditioner switch (C) to ON position and
set blower switch to HIGH (B) position. Check sight
glass for bubbles. If bubbles do not disappear, system
may be low on refrigerant. See your John Deere Dealer.

NOTE: Bubbles may appear in sight glass when

operating at temperatures below 18˚C (65˚F).
This is normal. Bubbles will disappear as

-UN-21JUN96
temperature rises.

• If cooling is intermittent, clean grille, side screens,

radiator and condenser. If problem is not solved, see

RW55778
your John Deere Dealer.

• Inspect cab body filters for restriction. Clean filters. If

problem persists, see your John Deere Dealer to have
evaporator core cleaned.

RX7010,130,22 -19-21JUN96

120-17 090699
PN=234
 Service/As Required

REPLACING ALTERNATOR

IMPORTANT: Replace alternator with approved

service part to assure continued
protection of tractor electronics.

-UN-21JUN96
See your John Deere Dealer.

John Deere alternator is equipped with a device to limit

voltage spikes to protect tractor electronics from damage.
Use only John Deere approved service parts. See your

RW55854
John Deere Dealer.

RX7010,ALT -19-21JUN96

120-18 090699
PN=235
 Troubleshooting
ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

Engine hard to start or will not Incorrect starting procedure Review starting procedure
start
No fuel Check fuel tank

Air in fuel line Bleed fuel line

Hand primer left raised Push primer down

Cold weather Use cold weather starting aids

Slow starter speed See Starter Cranks Slowly

Crankcase oil too heavy Use correct oil viscosity

Incorrect type of fuel Consult fuel supplier; use correct

fuel type for operating conditions

Water, dirt, or air in fuel system Drain, flush, fill and bleed system

Clogged fuel filter Replace filter elements

Dirty or faulty injectors Have John Deere Dealer check

injectors

Injection pump shut-off not reset Turn key switch to OFF then to ON

Engine knocks Insufficient oil Add oil

Injection pump out of time See your John Deere Dealer

Low coolant temperature Remove and check thermostats

Engine overheating See Engine Overheats

Engine runs irregularly or stalls Low coolant temperature Remove and check thermostats
frequently
Clogged in-line filter or fuel filter Replace filter elements and flush
in-line filter

Water, dirt, or air in fuel system Drain, flush, fill and bleed system

Vent on fuel tank obstructed Clean vent in solvent, blow dry

Dirty or faulty injectors Have John Deere Dealer check

injectors

Continued on next page

125-1 090699
PN=236
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Below normal engine temperature Defective thermostat Remove and check thermostats

Defective temperature gauge or Check gauge, sender and

sender connections

Viscous fan locked up See your John Deere Dealer

Lack of power Engine overloaded Reduce load or shift to lower gear

Low fast idle speed See your John Deere Dealer

Intake air restriction Service air cleaner

Clogged in-line filter or fuel filter Replace filter elements and flush

Incorrect type of fuel Use correct fuel

Overheated engine See Engine Overheats

Below normal engine temperature Remove and check thermostats

Incorrect valve clearance See your John Deere Dealer

Dirty or faulty injectors Have John Deere Dealer check

injectors

Injection pump out of time See your John Deere Dealer

Turbocharger not functioning See your John Deere Dealer

Leaking exhaust manifold gasket See your John Deere Dealer

Implement incorrectly adjusted See implement operator’s manual

Defective aneroid control line See your John Deere Dealer

Restricted fuel line Clean or replace fuel line

Incorrect ballast Adjust ballast to load

Low oil pressure Low oil level Add oil

Incorrect type of oil Drain, fill crankcase with correct

quality and viscosity of oil

Continued on next page

125-2 090699
PN=237
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

High oil consumption Crankcase oil too light Use correct viscosity oil

Oil leaks Check for leaks in lines, around

gaskets and drain plug

Restricted crankcase vent tube Clean vent tube

Defective turbocharger See your John Deere Dealer

Engine emits white smoke Incorrect type of fuel Use correct fuel

Clogged or dirty air cleaner Service air cleaner

Engine overloaded Reduce load or shift to a low gear

Injection nozzles dirty See your John Deere Dealer

Engine out of time See your John Deere Dealer

Turbocharger not functioning See your John Deere Dealer

Engine overheats Dirty radiator core, oil cooler, or Remove all trash
grille screens

Engine overloaded Shift to lower gear or reduce load

Low engine oil level Check oil level. Add oil as required

Low coolant level Fill radiator to correct level, check

radiator and hoses for loose
connections or leaks

Faulty radiator cap Have serviceman check

Loose or defective fan belts Adjust belt torsion, replace as

needed

Cooling system needs flushing Flush cooling system

Defective thermostat Remove and check thermostats

Defective temperature gauge or See your John Deere Dealer

sender

Incorrect grade of fuel Use correct fuel

Continued on next page

125-3 090699
PN=238
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

High fuel consumption Incorrect type of fuel Use correct fuel

Clogged or dirty air cleaner Service air cleaner

Engine overloaded Reduce load or shift to lower gear

Incorrect valve clearance See your John Deere Dealer

Injection nozzles dirty See your John Deere Dealer

Engine out of time See your John Deere Dealer

Implement incorrectly adjusted See implement operator’s manual

Low engine temperature Check thermostats

Excessive ballast Adjust ballast to load

Defective turbocharger See your John Deere Dealer

RX7010,135,1 -19-21JUN96

TRANSMISSION TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

Transmission oil overheats Low oil supply Fill system with correct oil

Oil cooler air passages clogged Clean oil coolers

Clogged transmission oil filter Replace filter elements

element

Transmission shifted to Forward/reverse lever held between Restart tractor

NEUTRAL (Power Shift) detents over two seconds

Low transmission oil pressure Low oil supply Fill system with correct oil
(PowrQuad)
Clogged transmission hydraulic oil Replace filter element
filter element

RX7010,135,2 -19-16FEB99

125-4 090699
PN=239
 Troubleshooting

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

Entire hydraulic system fails to Low oil supply Fill system with correct oil
function
Clogged hydraulic filters Replace hydraulic filters

Clogged charge pump suction Clean screen

screen

Oil cooler air passages clogged Clean oil cooler

High-pressure internal leak See your John Deere Dealer

Hydraulic oil overheats Low oil supply Fill system with correct oil

Oil cooler air passages clogged Clean oil cooler

Clogged transmission oil filter Replace transmission filter element

element

Internal hydraulic leak See your John Deere Dealer

Implement hydraulic load not See your John Deere Dealer

matched to tractor
RX7010,135,3 -19-21JUN96

BRAKES TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

No solid pedal feel (No Power) Air in system See your John Deere Dealer

Pedal settles (No Power) Rear brake piston seal leaking See your John Deere Dealer

Brake bleeder not correctly closed See your John Deere Dealer

Leakage in pump control system at See your John Deere Dealer

brake valve

Excessive pedal travel or Leakage in pump control system See your John Deere Dealer
kickback (With Power On)
Air in system See your John Deere Dealer

Rear brake piston seal leaking See your John Deere Dealer

Brake bleeder not correctly closed See your John Deere Dealer

RX7010,135,4 -19-21JUN96

125-5 090699
PN=240
 Troubleshooting

HITCH TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

Insufficient transport clearance Center link too long Adjust center link

Lift links too long Adjust lift links

Implement not level Level implement

Implement not correctly adjusted See implement operator’s manual

Upper height limit not correctly set Adjust upper height limit

Hitch fails to follow lever Malfunction in lever position sensor See your John Deere Dealer
circuit or hitch position sensor

Poor position control Load/depth mix control on wrong Turn load/depth mix control to the
position left

System is reset Enable system

Calibration fuse inadvertently moved Be sure key switch is OFF and

move fuse to spare position

Malfunction in lever position sensor See your John Deere Dealer

circuit or hitch position sensor

Hitch drops slowly Hitch rate-of-drop control not Adjust rate-of-drop knob
correctly set

Hitch fails to lift or lifts slowly Excessive load on hitch Reduce load

Upper height limit not correctly set Adjust upper height limit
or failed

Implement will not operate at Lift links too short Adjust lift links
desired depth
Lack of penetration See implement operator’s manual

Draft sensor failed See your John Deere Dealer

Insufficient or no hitch response Load/depth mix control in wrong Turn load/depth mix control to the
to draft load position right

System is reset Enable system

Lack of penetration See implement operator’s manual

Rate-of-drop too slow Adjust rate-of-drop knob

Continued on next page

125-6 090699
PN=241
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Hitch too responsive Load/depth mix control not correctly Turn load/depth mix control to the
set left

Hitch settles too fast after tractor Internal circuit leakage See your John Deere Dealer
is parked and engine shut off

Hitch will not move (controls not Fuse(s) blown Replace fuses
working, including rear
raise/lower switch)
Engine not running Start engine

Rear raise/lower switch will not Failure of raise/lower switch, See your John Deere Dealer
move hitch connector, or wiring harness

Hitch warning indicator flashing One or more hitch component See your John Deere Dealer
failures

RX7010,135,5 -19-08JUL98

125-7 090699
PN=242
 Troubleshooting

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

SCV metering valve knob will not Dirt build-up Clean dirt under metering valve
turn knob

Remote cylinder will not lift load Flow check Cycle SCV levers

Excessive load Reduce load

Hoses not completely installed Attach hoses correctly

Incorrect remote cylinder size Use correct size cylinder

Remote cylinder rate of travel too Incorrect rate of operation Adjust rate of operation
fast or too slow

Direction of remote cylinder Incorrect hose connections Reverse hose connections

travel is reversed

Hoses will not couple Incorrect hose male connectors Replace connectors with ISO
Standard connectors

Detent does not hold or releases Detent selector in wrong position Turn selector to correct position
too soon
Pressure restriction with some Reduce oil flow by changing
implements metering valve setting

Flow control or detent release Adjust detent relief setting

setting incorrect

SCV lever does not release Detent selector not in the automatic Turn selector to correct position
detent position

Built-in pressure leakage with some Increase oil flow by changing

implements metering valve setting

Flow control or detent release Adjust detent relief setting

setting incorrect
RX7010,135,7 -19-21JUN96

125-8 090699
PN=243

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom
Voltage indicator flashing when
there is low battery voltage (key
ON and engine stopped)
Voltage and service alert
indicators flashing indicating low
charging voltage (engine running)
Voltage and service alert
indicators flashing indicating
excessive charging voltage
Voltage indicator flashing
indicating excessive charging
voltage
Batteries will not charge
Troubleshooting
Problem
Excessive start-stop operation
Defective battery
Low charging voltage
High resistance in charging circuit
Indicator malfunction
Low engine speed
Belt slipping
Defective battery
Defective alternator
Excessive electrical load
Faulty connection to alternator
Defective regulator
Excessive electrical load
Faulty connection to alternator
Defective regulator
Loose or corroded connections
Sulfated or worn-out batteries
Loose or defective alternator belt
125-9
Solution
Leave engine running more
Check electrolyte level and specific
gravity
Have your John Deere Dealer
check charging circuit
Have your John Deere Dealer
check charging circuit
Have your John Deere Dealer
check indicator
Increase speed
Check belt tension
Check electrolyte level and specific
gravity
Have your John Deere Dealer
check alternator
Decrease load
Check wiring connections
Have your John Deere Dealer
check alternator
Decrease load
Check wiring connections
Have your John Deere Dealer
check alternator
Clean and tighten connections
Check electrolyte level and specific
gravity
Adjust belt tension or replace belts
Continued on next page
090699
PN=244
 Troubleshooting

Symptom Problem Solution

Starter inoperative Transmission in gear Place transmission in neutral

Faulty or maladjusted starter safety See your John Deere Dealer

switch or starter solenoid
malfunction

Loose or corroded connections Clean and tighten loose connections

Low battery output See your John Deere Dealer

Blown fuse Replace fuse

Starter cranks slowly Low battery output Check electrolyte level and specific
gravity

Crankcase oil too heavy Use correct viscosity oil

Loose or corroded connections Clean and tighten loose connections

Light system does not function; Blown fuse Replace fuse

rest of electrical system
functions

Entire electrical system does not Faulty battery connection Clean and tighten connections
function
Sulfated or worn out batteries Check electrolyte level and specific
gravity

Blown fuse Replace fuse

Blown or loose fusible link Replace fusible link (under seat)

Blower malfunctioning Blower does not work Check all blower fuses

Blower operates only in PURGE Blown blower resistance assembly See you John Deere Dealer

RX7010,135,8 -19-21JUN96

125-10 090699
PN=245
 Troubleshooting

OPERATOR ENCLOSURE TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

Blower not keeping dust out of Defective seal around filter element Check seal condition
operator enclosure

Check filter for correct installation

Defective filter Replace filter

Excessive air leak Seal air leaks

Blower air flow too low See Blower Air Flow Too Low

Blower air flow too low Clogged filter or air intake screen Clean

Heater core or evaporator core Clean

clogged

Heater will not shut off Heater hoses connected incorrectly See your John Deere Dealer

Air conditioner not cooling Low voltage Check charging circuit. (See
Servicing Air Conditioner in Service
Section)

Low refrigerant Check sight glass. (See Servicing

Air Conditioner in Service Section)

Belt slipping Check belt tension

Heater turned on Turn heater off

Compressor stuck Rock compressor pulley back and

forth

Intermittent coolant Air restriction Clean side screens, radiator and oil
cooler condenser. (See Servicing
Air Conditioner in Service Section.)

Water leaking from under seat Plugged air conditioning condensate Clean drain hoses
drain hoses

Heater hoses leaking Replace heater hoses

Seat suspension sticking Foreign objects under seat Keep area under seat completely
clear

Seat suspension not working Blown fuse Replace fuse

Radio does not function Blown fuse Replace fuse

RX7010,135,9 -19-21JUN96

125-11 090699
PN=246
 Troubleshooting

TRACTOR OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Problem Solution

Tractor bounces or jumps Power hop/wheel hop Check weight split

Check ballast

Check inflation pressures

See Controlling Wheel Hop in the

Optimum Performance/Ballast
section

See your John Deere Dealer

RX8000,135,10 -19-24NOV95

125-12 090699
PN=247
 Storage
PLACING TRACTOR IN LONG-TERM STORAGE

IMPORTANT: If the tractor will not be used for • Disconnect fuel shut-off solenoid and seal the
several months, the following harness ends
recommendations for storage and
removal from storage will minimize • Crank engine a few revolutions
corrosion and deterioration.
• Seal air inlets, exhaust, crankcase vent tube,
Use the AR41785 Engine Storage Kit available from crankcase fill cap, fuel tank cap, radiator
your John Deere Dealer. overflow hose, and transmission-hydraulic
system fill cap using plastic bags and tape
Perform the following steps for long-term tractor
storage: • Remove alternator, fan, and compressor belt

• Change engine oil and replace the filter • Remove and store batteries in a cool dry
location—(keep batteries charged) *
• Add 621 mL (21 oz) of corrosion inhibitor
to the engine crankcase • Coat all exposed metal surfaces with corrosion
inhibitor
• Service the air cleaner
• Cover instrument panel, control levers, and seat
• Add 296 mL (10 oz) corrosion inhibitor to the
transmission-hydraulic system • Raise tires off the ground and protect tires
from heat and sunlight
• Drain the fuel tank and add back 10 L (2.5 gal)
of fuel • Thoroughly clean the tractor touching up any
scratched or chipped painted surfaces
• Disconnect starting aid line from air intake
(7710 and 7810) • Lubricate all grease fittings

• Pour 89 mL (3 oz) of corrosion inhibitor into • Cover the entire tractor with waterproof material
intake system if it is to be stored outside

• Connect starting aid line (7710 and 7810) • Rotate A/C compressor pulley several turns once
a month to prevent seizure of compressor

* Disconnect battery ground cable for short-term storage periods (20 to

90 days) RX7010,140,1 -19-21JUN96

130-1 090699
PN=248
 Storage
REMOVING TRACTOR FROM STORAGE
Perform the following steps to remove tractor from
storage:
• Remove all coverings in cab
• Unseal all openings sealed during storage
• Install alternator, fan, and compressor belt
• Check all fluid levels
• Fill the fuel tank
• Check tire inflation pressures—(See Wheels,
Tires, and Treads Section)
• Install batteries and connect cables
• Perform all 10 Hour, 250 Hour, and 750 Hour
services as required—(See Service
Sections)
• Check all instruments and indicators by turning
key to the ON position
PAINT FINISH CARE
Washing tractor regularly will preserve the finish.
Wash tractor in indirect sunlight. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on
the paint surface.
IMPORTANT: Do not use hot water, strong soaps
or chemical detergents. Use liquid
hand, dish or car washing (non
detergent) soaps. Cleaning agents
containing acid or abrasives should
not be used.
130-2
• Disconnect fuel shut-off solenoid and crank the
engine a few revolutions
IMPORTANT: DO NOT operate the starter for more
than 30 seconds. Wait at least two
minutes for starter to cool before
trying again.
• Connect fuel shut-off solenoid and start engine
• Operate engine at slow idle for several minutes
IMPORTANT: If air conditioning compressor is
locked up, engine operation with
compressor clutch engaged will
damage belt or compressor.
• Check air conditioning
• Check all other system functions
• Warm up tractor before putting tractor under load
RX7010,140,2 -19-21JUN96
Waxing tractor occasionally may be necessary to
remove residue from paint finish. Do not use waxes
containing abrasive compounds.
Inspect paint surface, during washing or waxing, for
chips and scratches. Repaint any areas where paint
has been removed. Paint materials are available from
your John Deere Dealer.
RX8000,145,3 -19-27MAY97
090699
PN=249
 Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS

Power:

At PTO (Factory observed at 2100 rpm)

7610 ............ .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85.8 kW (115 hp)
7710 ............ .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.0 kW (130 hp)
7810 ............ .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111.9 kW (150 hp)

Engine:

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . diesel
Aspiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . turbocharged
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in-line 6
Slow idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850±50 rpm
High idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2275±50 rpm
Rated engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 rpm
Operating speed range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680—2100 rpm
Bore and stroke:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106.5 x 127.0 mm (4.19 x 5.00 in.)
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116.0 x 128.5 mm (4.57 x 5.06 in.)
Compression ratio:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.0:1
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5:1
Displacement:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 L (414 In.3)
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 L (496 In.3)
Firing order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3-6-2-4
Valve clearance:
Intake:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.38 mm (0.015 in.)
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.51 mm (0.020 in.)
Exhaust:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.71 mm (0.028 in.)
Lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . full pressure-full flow filtration

Fuel System:

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . direct injection

Injection pump type:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . rotary
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . in-line
Injection pump timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . TDC
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dry type dual element

(Specifications and design subject to change without notice)

RX7010,150,1 -19-19JUL96

135-1 090699
PN=250
 Specifications

Cooling System:

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) with centrifugal pump

Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viscous drive
Thermostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . two heavy-duty

Capacities:

Fuel tank:
7610:
Open Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 L (71.5 gal)
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 L (65.0 gal)
Cab (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 L (91.0 gal)
7710 and 7810:
Open Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 L (71.5 gal)
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 L (91.0 gal)
Cooling system:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 L (25.0 qt)
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 L (27.5 qt)
Crankcase with filter:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 L (20.0 qt)
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 L (26.4 qt)
Transmission, Differential and Hydraulic system:
Power Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 L (24 gal)
Power Shift with MFWD . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.3 L (27 gal)
PowrQuad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 L (22.9 gal)
PowrQuad with MFWD . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98.3 L (25.9 gal)
PowrQuad with Creeper . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 L (24 gal)
PowrQuad with MFWD and Creeper . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.3 L (27 gal)
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:
Axle Housing: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 L (15.2 qt)
Wheel Hubs:
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 L (2 qt)
High Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 L (4 qt)

Transmission:

Power Shift:
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . planetary gears, hydraulically activated, wet disk clutches and brakes
Gear selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 forward, 7 reverse
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . electro-hydraulic, full power shift on-the-go and under load

PowrQuad:
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . planetary gears, hydraulically activated, wet disk clutches and brakes
Gear selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 forward, 16 reverse
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mechanical-hydraulic, full power shift on-the-go and under load in each range

RX7010,150,1A -19-07JUN99

135-2 090699
PN=251
 Specifications

Power Take-Off:

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fully independent

Speed:
540 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 engine rpm
1000 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 engine rpm
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 mm (1-3/8 in.)
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hydraulically operated, multiple-disk wet clutch

Hydraulic System:

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed-center, pressure and flow compensated

Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-piston, variable displacement axial
Pump Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 cm3 2.4 In.3)
Maximum pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 000 kPa (200 bar) (2900 psi)
Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hydrostatic
Hitch lift capacity:
7610:
2WD or MFWD Category 2 or 3N/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3504 kg (7725 lb)
2WD Category 3N/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4048 kg (8925 lb)
Optional (MFWD) Category 3N/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4559 kg (10050 lb)
7710-7810:
2WD Category 3N/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4048 kg (8925 lb)
MFWD Category 2 or 3N/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4048 kg (8925 lb)
Optional (MFWD) Category 3N/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4559 kg (10050 lb)

Brakes:

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hydraulically operated wet disk

Electrical System:

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-volt, negative ground

Batteries . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . two 12-volt in parallel
Group . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Amps . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850
Capacity (approximate minutes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 amp

Weight:

Average Shipping Weight 2WD with Cab, PowrQuad and 18.4-38 Rear and 11.00-16 Front Tires:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5603 kg (12352 lb)*
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5838 kg (12871 lb)*

Average Shipping Weight MFWD with Cab, PowrQuad and 18.4R38 Rear and 14.9R28 Front Tires:
7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6004 kg (13237 lb)*
7710 and 7810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6415 kg (14142 lb)*

* Weights are less fuel and are approximate; weights will change with
choice of options RX7010EXP,150,6-19-22SEP98

135-3 090699
PN=252
 Specifications

Tires (standard): *

Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00-16 8PR F2

Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4-38 8PR R1

Overall Dimensions (with standard tires):

Wheelbase:
2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2907 mm (114.4 in.)
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2800 mm (110.0 in.)
Length (less hitch and drawbar):
2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4288 mm (168.8 in.)
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4395 mm (173.0 in.)
Rear axle diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 mm (3.62 in.)
Width (axle length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2438 mm (96.0 in.)
2808 mm (110.5 in.)
2997 mm (118.0 in.)
Height:
Top of ComfortGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... ... ................ . . . . 2962 mm (116.6 in.)
Top of steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... ... ................ . . . . 2929 mm (92.8 in.)
MFWD Turning radius (with 14.9R28 front tires and 1930 mm (76 in.) tread setting):
MFWD disengaged without brakes . . . . . . ... .... ... ................ . . . . 5090 mm (200.4 in.)
2WD Turning radius (with 11.00-16 front tires) ... .... ... ................ . . . . 4602 mm (181.2 in.)
Ground clearance (front axle, crop area):
2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657 mm (25.8 in.)
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566 mm (22.3 in.)

* See Ballast Section and Wheels, Tires and Treads Section for
additional information RX7010,150,4 -19-21JUN96

135-4 090699
PN=253
 Specifications

GROUND SPEEDS—POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION—30K

14.9R46, 18.4-42, 18.4R42,

18.4-38, 18.4R38, and 23.1-34 20.8-38, 20.8R38, 320/90R50,
Tires * 420/80R46, and 650/75R34
Tires *

Gear km/h mph Gear km/h mph

1 1.2 0.7 1 1.2 0.8

2 1.7 1.1 2 1.8 1.1
3 2.1 1.3 3 2.2 1.4
4 2.6 1.6 4 2.7 1.7
5 3.0 1.8 5 3.1 1.9
6 3.4 2.1 6 3.6 2.2
7 3.9 2.4 7 4.1 2.5
8 4.6 2.9 8 4.9 3.0
9 5.3 3.3 9 5.6 3.5
10 6.0 3.8 10 6.4 4.0
11 7.0 4.3 11 7.3 4.6
12 8.0 5.0 12 8.4 5.2
13 9.2 5.7 13 9.7 6.0
14 10.5 6.5 14 11.0 6.8
15 12.0 7.5 15 12.7 7.9
16 13.5 8.4 16 14.2 8.8
17 16.7 10.4 17 17.6 10.9
18 23.3 14.5 18 24.6 15.3
19 28.9 17.9 19 30.4 18.9

R1 1.9 1.2 R1 2.0 1.2

R2 2.7 1.7 R2 2.9 1.8
R3 4.1 2.6 R3 4.4 2.7
R4 4.8 3.0 R4 5.0 3.1
R5 5.4 3.4 R5 5.7 3.5
R6 6.2 3.9 R6 6.6 4.1
R7 12.1 7.5 R7 12.7 7.9

* Engine Speed 2100 rpm RX7010EXP,150,2-19-18NOV96

135-5 090699
PN=254
 Specifications

GROUND SPEEDS—POWER SHIFT TRANSMISSION—40K

14.9R46, 18.4-42, 18.4R42,

18.4-38, 18.4R38, and 23.1-34 20.8-38, 20.8R38, 320/90R50,
Tires * 420/80R46, and 650/75R34
Tires *

Gear km/h mph Gear km/h mph

1 1.5 1.0 1 1.6 1.0

2 2.2 1.4 2 2.3 1.4
3 2.8 1.7 3 2.9 1.8
4 3.4 2.1 4 3.5 2.2
5 3.9 2.4 5 4.1 2.5
6 4.4 2.7 6 4.6 2.9
7 5.1 3.1 7 5.3 3.3
8 6.0 3.7 8 6.3 3.9
9 6.9 4.3 9 7.3 4.5
10 7.9 4.9 10 8.3 5.2
11 9.1 5.6 11 9.6 5.9
12 10.4 6.5 12 11.0 6.8
13 12.0 7.5 13 12.6 7.9
14 13.6 8.5 14 14.3 8.9
15 15.7 9.8 15 16.5 10.3
16 17.6 10.9 16 18.5 11.5
17 21.7 13.5 17 22.9 14.2
18 30.4 18.9 18 32.0 19.9
19 37.6 23.4 19 39.6 24.6

R1 2.5 1.5 R1 2.6 1.6

R2 3.6 2.2 R2 3.7 2.3
R3 5.4 3.4 R3 5.7 3.5
R4 6.2 3.9 R4 6.6 4.1
R5 7.1 4.4 R5 7.4 4.6
R6 8.1 5.1 R6 8.6 5.3
R7 15.7 9.8 R7 16.6 10.3

* Engine Speed 2100 rpm RX7010EXP,150,3-19-18NOV96

135-6 090699
PN=255
 Specifications

GROUND SPEEDS—POWRQUAD AND CREEPER TRANSMISSION—30K

14.9R46, 18.4-42, 18.4R42,

18.4-38, 18.4R38, and 23.1-34 20.8-38, 20.8R38, 320/90R50,
Tires * 420/80R46, and 650/75R34 Tires *

WITHOUT WITH WITHOUT WITH

CREEPER CREEPER CREEPER CREEPER

Gear km/h mph km/h mph ft/min km/h mph km/h mph ft/min

A1 2.3 1.4 0.24 0.15 13.2 2.4 1.5 0.25 0.16 13.9
A2 2.8 1.7 0.29 0.18 15.9 3.0 1.8 0.31 0.19 16.7
A3 3.4 2.1 0.35 0.22 19.0 3.5 2.2 0.37 0.23 20.0
A4 4.1 2.6 0.43 0.26 23.2 4.3 2.7 0.45 0.28 24.5
B1 4.9 3.1 0.51 0.32 27.9 5.2 3.2 0.54 0.33 29.4
B2 5.9 3.7 0.61 0.38 33.6 6.3 3.9 0.65 0.40 35.4
B3 7.1 4.4 0.74 0.46 40.2 7.5 4.6 0.77 0.48 42.3
B4 8.7 5.4 0.90 0.56 49.3 9.2 5.7 0.95 0.59 51.9
C1 7.8 4.9 0.81 0.50 44.4 8.3 5.1 0.85 0.53 46.7
C2 9.4 5.9 0.98 0.61 53.5 10.0 6.2 1.03 0.64 56.3
C3 11.3 7.0 1.17 0.73 64.0 11.9 7.4 1.23 0.77 67.4
C4 13.9 8.6 1.43 0.89 78.4 14.6 9.1 1.51 0.94 82.6
D1 16.3 10.1 — — — 17.1 10.6 — — —
D2 19.6 12.2 — — — 20.6 12.8 — — —
D3 23.4 14.6 — — — 24.7 15.3 — — —
D4 28.7 17.9 — — — 30.3 18.8 — — —

A—R1 2.8 1.7 0.29 0.18 15.6 2.9 1.8 0.30 0.19 16.4
A—R2 3.3 2.1 0.34 0.21 18.8 3.5 2.2 0.36 0.23 19.8
A—R3 4.0 2.5 0.41 0.26 22.5 4.2 2.6 0.43 0.27 23.7
A—R4 4.9 3.0 0.50 0.31 27.6 5.1 3.2 0.53 0.33 29.0
B—R1 5.8 3.6 0.60 0.38 33.1 6.2 3.8 0.64 0.40 34.8
B—R2 7.0 4.4 0.73 0.45 39.9 7.4 4.6 0.77 0.48 42.0
B—R3 8.4 5.2 0.87 0.54 47.7 8.9 5.5 0.92 0.57 50.2
B—R4 10.3 6.4 1.07 0.66 58.4 10.9 6.8 1.13 0.70 61.5
C—R1 9.3 5.8 0.96 0.60 52.6 9.8 6.1 1.01 0.63 55.4
C—R2 11.2 7.0 1.16 0.72 63.4 11.8 7.3 1.22 0.76 66.8
C—R3 13.4 8.3 1.39 0.86 75.9 14.1 8.8 1.46 0.91 79.9
C—R4 16.4 10.2 1.70 1.06 93.0 17.3 10.8 1.79 1.11 97.9
D—R1 19.3 12.0 — — — 20.3 12.6 — — —
D—R2 23.2 14.4 — — — 24.5 15.2 — — —
D—R3 27.8 17.3 — — — 29.3 18.2 — — —
D—R4 34.1 21.2 — — — 35.9 22.3 — — —

* Engine Speed 2100 rpm RX7010EXP,150,4-19-18NOV96

135-7 090699
PN=256
 Specifications

GROUND SPEEDS—POWRQUAD AND CREEPER TRANSMISSION—40K

14.9R46, 18.4-42, 18.4R42,

18.4-38, 18.4R38, and 23.1-34 20.8-38, 20.8R38, 320/90R50,
Tires * 420/80R46, and 650/75R34 Tires *

WITHOUT WITH WITHOUT WITH

CREEPER CREEPER CREEPER CREEPER

Gear km/h mph km/h mph ft/min km/h mph km/h mph ft/min

A1 2.3 1.4 0.24 0.15 13.2 2.4 1.5 0.25 0.16 13.9
A2 2.8 1.7 0.29 0.18 15.9 3.0 1.8 0.31 0.19 16.7
A3 3.4 2.1 0.35 0.22 19.0 3.5 2.2 0.37 0.23 20.0
A4 4.1 2.6 0.43 0.26 23.2 4.3 2.7 0.45 0.28 24.5
B1 4.9 3.1 0.51 0.32 27.9 5.2 3.2 0.54 0.33 29.4
B2 5.9 3.7 0.61 0.38 33.6 6.3 3.9 0.65 0.40 35.4
B3 7.1 4.4 0.74 0.46 40.2 7.5 4.6 0.77 0.48 42.3
B4 8.7 5.4 0.90 0.56 49.3 9.2 5.7 0.95 0.59 51.9
C1 7.8 4.9 0.81 0.50 44.4 8.3 5.1 0.85 0.53 46.7
C2 9.4 5.9 0.98 0.61 53.5 10.0 6.2 1.03 0.64 56.3
C3 11.3 7.0 1.17 0.73 64.0 11.9 7.4 1.23 0.77 67.4
C4 13.9 8.6 1.43 0.89 78.4 14.6 9.1 1.51 0.94 82.6
D1 14.5 9.0 — — — 15.3 9.5 — — —
D2 17.5 10.9 — — — 18.4 11.4 — — —
D3 20.9 13.0 — — — 22.0 13.7 — — —
D4 25.7 15.9 — — — 27.0 16.8 — — —
E1 21.5 13.4 — — — 22.7 14.1 — — —
E2 25.9 16.1 — — — 27.3 17.0 — — —
E3 31.0 19.3 — — — 32.7 20.3 — — —
E4 38.0 23.6 — — — 40.0 24.9 — — —

A—R1 2.8 1.7 0.29 0.18 15.6 2.9 1.8 0.30 0.19 16.4
A—R2 3.3 2.1 0.34 0.21 18.8 3.5 2.2 0.36 0.23 19.8
A—R3 4.0 2.5 0.41 0.26 22.5 4.2 2.6 0.43 0.27 23.7
A—R4 4.9 3.0 0.50 0.31 27.6 5.1 3.2 0.53 0.33 29.0
B—R1 5.8 3.6 0.60 0.38 33.1 6.2 3.8 0.64 0.40 34.8
B—R2 7.0 4.4 0.73 0.45 39.9 7.4 4.6 0.77 0.48 42.0
B—R3 8.4 5.2 0.87 0.54 47.7 8.9 5.5 0.92 0.57 50.2
B—R4 10.3 6.4 1.07 0.66 58.4 10.9 6.8 1.13 0.70 61.5
C—R1 9.3 5.8 0.96 0.60 52.6 9.8 6.1 1.01 0.63 55.4
C—R2 11.2 7.0 1.16 0.72 63.4 11.8 7.3 1.22 0.76 66.8
C—R3 13.4 8.3 1.39 0.86 75.9 14.1 8.8 1.46 0.91 79.9
C—R4 16.4 10.2 1.70 1.06 93.0 17.3 10.8 1.79 1.11 97.9
D—R1 17.2 10.7 — — — 18.1 11.3 — — —
D—R2 20.7 12.9 — — — 21.9 13.6 — — —
D—R3 24.8 15.4 — — — 26.1 16.2 — — —
D—R4 30.4 18.9 — — — 32.0 19.9 — — —
E—R1 25.5 15.9 — — — 26.9 16.7 — — —
E—R2 30.7 19.1 — — — 32.4 20.1 — — —
E—R3 36.8 22.9 — — — 38.7 24.1 — — —
E—R4 45.1 28.0 — — — 47.5 29.5 — — —

* Engine Speed 2100 rpm RX7010EXP,150,5-19-18NOV96

135-8 090699
PN=257
 Specifications

METRIC BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES

-19-04MAR91
TS1163
Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9

Size Lubricateda Drya Lubricateda Drya Lubricateda Drya Lubricateda Drya

N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft

M6 4.8 3.5 6 4.5 9 6.5 11 8.5 13 9.5 17 12 15 11.5 19 14.5

M8 12 8.5 15 11 22 16 28 20 32 24 40 30 37 28 47 35
M10 23 17 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 47 80 60 75 55 95 70

M12 40 29 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120

M14 63 47 80 60 120 88 150 110 175 130 225 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 73 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 240 400 300

M18 135 100 175 125 260 195 330 250 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 240 180 375 275 475 350 530 400 675 500 625 460 800 580
M22 260 190 330 250 510 375 650 475 725 540 925 675 850 625 1075 800

M24 330 250 425 310 650 475 825 600 925 675 1150 850 1075 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 450 950 700 1200 875 1350 1000 1700 1250 1600 1150 2000 1500
M30 675 490 850 625 1300 950 1650 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2150 1600 2700 2000

M33 900 675 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1650 2500 1850 3150 2350 2900 2150 3700 2750
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2750 4750 3500

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value Make sure fasteners threads are clean and that you
or tightening procedure is given for a specific properly start thread engagement. This will prevent
application. Torque values listed are for general use them from failing when tightening.
only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically.
Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined to approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical in the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head.
property class. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full
torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or
higher property class. If higher property class
fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to
the strength of the original.
a “Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or
fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. “Dry” means plain or zinc
plated without any lubrication. DX,TORQ2 -19-20JUL94

135-9 090699
PN=258
 Specifications

UNIFIED INCH BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES

-19-04MAR91
TS1162
Grade 1 Grade 2b Grade 5, 5.1, or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2

Size Lubricateda Drya Lubricateda Drya Lubricateda Drya Lubricateda Drya

N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft

1/4 3.7 2.8 4.7 3.5 6 4.5 7.5 5.5 9.5 7 12 9 13.5 10 17 12.5
5/16 7.7 5.5 10 7 12 9 15 11 20 15 25 18 28 21 35 26
3/8 14 10 17 13 22 16 27 20 35 26 44 33 50 36 63 46

7/16 22 16 28 20 35 26 44 32 55 41 70 52 80 58 100 75
1/2 33 25 42 31 53 39 67 50 85 63 110 80 120 90 150 115
9/16 48 36 60 45 75 56 95 70 125 90 155 115 175 130 225 160

5/8 67 50 85 62 105 78 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 300 225
3/4 120 87 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 225 375 280 425 310 550 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 625 450 700 500 875 650

1 290 210 360 270 290 210 360 270 725 540 925 675 1050 750 1300 975
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 900 675 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 425 725 530 570 425 725 530 1300 950 1650 1200 2050 1500 2600 1950

1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2150 1550 2700 2000 3400 2550
1-1/2 1000 725 1250 925 990 725 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value Fasteners should be replaced with the same or
or tightening procedure is given for a specific higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used,
application. Torque values listed are for general use these should only be tightened to the strength of the
only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. original.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined Make sure fasteners threads are clean and that you
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. properly start thread engagement. This will prevent
them from failing when tightening.

Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts

a “Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or
fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. “Dry” means plain or zinc
plated without any lubrication.
to approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown
in the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head.
Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full
torque value.

b Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 152 mm
(6-in.) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 152 mm (6-in.)
long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length. DX,TORQ1 -19-20JUL94

135-10 090699
PN=259
 Identification Numbers
IDENTIFICATION PLATES

Each tractor has the identification plates shown on
these pages. The letters and numbers stamped on
the plates identify a component or assembly. ALL
these characters are needed when ordering parts or
identifying a tractor or component for any John Deere
product support program.
Also, they are needed for law enforcement to trace
your tractor if it is ever stolen. ACCURATELY record
these characters in the spaces provided in each of
the following photographs.
File records in a secure place off the machine.

RX,ID,PLATE -19-06DEC95

RECORD TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER

This plate is located on the right frame near front of

engine.

-UN-24JUN92
RW20753
RX,111566,150,1-19-22JUL92

RECORD CAB SERIAL NUMBER

This plate is located on the lower left rear corner of cab.

-UN-21JUN96
RW55785
RX7010,155,1 -19-21JUN96

RECORD ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER—

7610
This plate is located on the right side of engine block
behind engine fuel filter.
-UN-21JUN96
RW55855

RX7010,155,2 -19-21JUN96

140-1 090699
PN=260
 Identification Numbers

RECORD ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER—

7710 AND 7810
This plate is located on left side of engine block above
starter.

-UN-11FEB97
RW56290
RX7010,155,3 -19-11FEB97

RECORD TRANSMISSION SERIAL NUMBER

This plate is located on left front side of transmission

front cover.

-UN-24JUN92
RW20757
RX,111566,150,5-19-09JUL92

RECORD MECHANICAL FRONT-WHEEL

DRIVE SERIAL NUMBER

This plate is located on the right side of axle above

differential.

-UN-21JUL98
RW56617

RX7000W,145,6A -19-17SEP98

RECORD TRIPLE LINK SUSPENSION

SERIAL NUMBER

This plate is located on the right side of axle.

-UN-06APR98
RW56529

RX7010,155,4B -19-17SEP98

140-2 090699
PN=261
 Identification Numbers

RECORD DIFFERENTIAL CASE SERIAL

NUMBER

This plate is located on left rear side of differential case

above left final drive.

-UN-24JUN92
RW20759
RX,111566,150,7-19-14DEC95

140-3 090699
PN=262
 Lubrication and Maintenance Charts
250 HOUR SERVICE CHART
• Change engine oil and engine oil filter
• Check manual brakes
• Service batteries
• Drain fuel tank sump
• Inspect for loose bolts
• Check neutral start system
• Check operator enclosure air filters
• Inspect fire extinguisher
• Lubricate 2WD axle pivot pin, steering spindles,
cylinder ends and tie rod ends
• Lubricate MFWD tie rod ends, kingpins and axle
pivot
• Check MFWD axle housing and wheel hub oil level
• Lubricate Triple Link Suspension and check axle
housing and wheel hub oil level
• Check front PTO housing oil level
• Lubricate front PTO shaft

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

RX7000,150,1 -19-13OCT98

145-1 090699
PN=263
 Lubrication and Maintenance Charts

750 HOUR SERVICE CHART

• Replace transmission and hydraulic filter • Check engine idle speeds
elements • Add John Deere coolant conditioner to
• Lubricate rear axle bearings cooling system
• Check air intake system • Clean fuel tank vent filter

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

RX,111556,165,2-19-14DEC95

145-2 090699
PN=264
 Lubrication and Maintenance Charts

1500 HOUR SERVICE CHART

• Change transmission-hydraulic oil
• Clean hydraulic oil suction screen
• Change MFWD wheel hub and axle oil
• Change front PTO housing oil—if equipped
• Change Triple Link Suspension wheel hub
and axle oil—if equipped
• Change front PTO housing oil—if equipped
• Lubricate draft link support shaft bushing
• Check belt tensioner
• Clean and repack front wheel bearings

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

RX7010,160,1 -19-13OCT98

2000 HOUR SERVICE CHART

• Adjust engine valve clearance

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

RX7010,160,2 -19-21JUN96

145-3 090699
PN=265
 Lubrication and Maintenance Charts

ANNUAL SERVICE CHART

• Replace engine air cleaner elements • Lubricate PTO shaft
• Replace operator enclosure air filters

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

RX7010,160,3 -19-21JUN96

TWO YEAR SERVICE CHART

• Drain, flush, and refill cooling system • Check thermostats

Hours Hours

Date Date

Hours Hours

Date Date

RX7000,150,2 -19-11FEB97

145-4 090699
PN=266
 Glossary
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Accessory ACC Secondary electrical system

Air Conditioning A/C System used for conditioning the air in the cab

Air Quality System AQS System used to control conditioned air in the cab

Alternating Current AC Electrical current that reverses its direction at regularly

recurring intervals

Central Control Unit CCU Computerized system for tractor monitoring

Circulator Motor Symbols for circulator motor speeds

O Medium Speed
++ Fastest Speed

Cold Cranking Amperes CCA Refers to a battery’s capability to perform during cold weather operation

Component Technical CTM Technical manual developed for the servicing of

Manual major components

Direct Current DC Electrical current flowing in one direction only

Engine Control Unit ECU Computerized system used to govern engine speed

Electro-Hydraulic EH Refers to a hydraulic valve function that is controlled electrically

Electro-Hydraulic EH SCV Selective control valve operated with electrical solenoids

Selective Control Valve

Gallons Per Minute gpm Amount of fluid over a period of one minute

Head Land Management HMS System used to control functions when turning at end of a field
System

Hitch Control Unit HCU Computerized system to control hitch functiona

Ignition IGN Control for starting and stopping the tractor

Instrument Control Unit ICU Computerized system controlling tractor warning functions

International Standards ISO Standards organization

Organization

Liters Per Second L/s Amount of fluid over a period of one second

Mechanical Front Wheel MFWD A powered front axle which is driven mechanically from the transmission
Drive

RX7010,ACRON,1 -19-13OCT98

150-1 090699
PN=267
 Glossary

PowerQuad Transmission PPST Partial power-shiftable transmission

Power Shift Control Unit PCU Computerized system used to control transmission shift functions

Power Shift Transmission PST Fully power-shiftable transmission

Power Take-Off PTO Abbreviation

Pressure Control Valve PCV Valve used to control pressure within a system

Product Identification PIN Serial number relating to tractor identification

Number

Revolutions Per Minute rpm Abbreviation

Selective Control Unit SCU Computerized system used to control selective control valve functions

Selective Control Valve SCV Device used to control remote hydraulic functions

Slow Moving Vehicle SMV Warning sign on the rear of the tractor

SyncroPlus Transmission — A fully synchronized transmission

Triple Link Suspension TLS A suspended front axle

RX7010,ACRON,2 -19-13OCT98

150-2 090699
PN=268
 Index
Page Page

A D
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-1 Diesel engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-3
Accessory outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Adjust engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . 105-1 Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Adjust headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-10 Display functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4, 120-17 Drain fuel tank sump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Air intake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2 Drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Dual wheel hub extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-37
Air pre-cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-7
Dual wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-28
Alternator replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-18
Axle bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3
Axle, suspended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-3
E
Electrical circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-14
Enabling mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7
B
Engine
Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1, 55-11 Emissions certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2 Idle speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-4 Restarting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Bleed brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-6 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Bleed fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-3 Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4
Booster battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-8 Engine oil
Brakes Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-4
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9 Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13 Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-3
Break-in engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-4 Extended service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-3
Break-in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1, 80-1 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Extremity warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4

C
Cab
F
Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8, 110-1
Fan belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-9
Air recirculation filter . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8, 110-1
Fenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-22
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Filters
Fresh air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8, 110-1
Cab air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8, 110-1
Clevis, drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1, 120-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1, 120-1
Cold weather starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4, 30-7 Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Foldable ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1
Coolant Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10, 60-14
Additional information . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 70-7 Front PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-7, 90-5, 100-4
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 70-5 Fuel
Supplemental additives . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 70-6 Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-3
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 70-8 Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Warm temperature climates . . . . . . . . . . . 70-6 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 115-1 Prefilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-2
Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 35-7 Priming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-3

Index-1 090699
PN=274
 Index

Page Page
Fuel—Continued
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 L
Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-2
Lift Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-11
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-14
Lighting
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2
Extremity warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4
G Open station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-1 Replace and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-10
Grease Liquid ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . . . 70-10 Load sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10
Ground speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5, 15-7, 15-16 Load/depth control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Ground speed charts . . . . . . . . . . . 135-5, 135-6 Loader ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-11
Loader valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Lubricant
H Alternative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-11
Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-11
Hazard light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-11
Headland management system . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8
Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-11
Headlight adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-10
Lubrication and maintenance record
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145-1
Hillside operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-5
Hitch
Attaching implement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-7
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1 M
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1, 40-4 Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-9
Dampening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-5 MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11, 85-5, 100-2
External switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6 MFWD axle housing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-9
Lift links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-11 MFWD wheel hub oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10
Manual lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Mixing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-11
Relief valve lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Mobile radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
Hub extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-37
Hydraulic N
Cylinder override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-11
Neutral start system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-11
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Motor return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Oil suction screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 O
Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 Oil
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-8, 100-1 Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-8
MFWD axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-9
MFWD wheel hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10
I Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-8
Oil filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-4
Implement codes . . .... ...... .... . . . 55-12
Implement service . .... ...... .... . . . . 80-4
Implements requiring large volumes of oil . . . 45-11
Inch torque values . .... ...... .... . . 135-10 P
Indicators . . . . . . . .... ...... 15-2, 15-4, 15-6 Paint care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-2
Instrument panel Performance
Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6 Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11

Index-2 090699
PN=275
 Index

Page Page

Power beyond valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9

Power hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 T
Power shift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4, 35-6
Tank, fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-2
Power strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Thermostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1
PowrQuad transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 Tire
Pre-starting checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1 Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-9
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140-1 Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2, 60-3
PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-4 Size calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9
Toe-in
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-15
R Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-14
Torque values
Radar calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-10, 15-16
Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-10
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5, 25-8 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-9
Rear wheel tread settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-27 Towing
Rear wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-25 Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-2
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-14 Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-4
Remote cylinder hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-8
Remote cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-11 Transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Restarting stalled engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3 Transmission-hydraulic oil . . . . 35-10, 85-2, 100-1
Reverser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9 Transporting tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Tread settings
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-12
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-16
S Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-27
SCV Triple link suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12, 85-6
Detent adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Triple Link Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-3
Lever lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Troubleshooting
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-2 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-5
Seat adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-9
Serial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140-1 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-1
Service interval extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-3 Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-6
Service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1, 80-5 Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-5
Seven-terminal outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 Operator enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-11
Side shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1 Selective control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-8
Single lever control lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Tractor operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-12
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-1 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-4
Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
Starting aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4, 30-7
Starting fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-6
Steering stops . . 60-17, 60-18, 60-19, 60-20, 60-21
Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-5 V
Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3 Valve, SCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Storage, fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-1
Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-11
Suspended front axle . . . . . . . 35-12, 85-6, 100-3 W
Suspension, Triple Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-3 Water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1, 120-4
Sway blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-6 Weight split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-11 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-11, 55-15

Index-3 090699
PN=276
 Index

Page

Wheel
Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10, 75-3
Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 55-3
Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-15, 55-5
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 55-8
Windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 25-5

Index-4 090699
PN=277
John Deere Service Keeps You On The Job
JOHN DEERE PARTS

We help minimize downtime by putting genuine John

Deere parts in your hands in a hurry.

-UN-23AUG88
That’s why we maintain a large and varied inventory—to
stay a jump ahead of your needs.

TS100
DX,IBC,A -19-04JUN90

THE RIGHT TOOLS

Precision tools and testing equipment enable our Service

Department to locate and correct troubles quickly . . . to
save you time and money.

-UN-23AUG88
TS101
DX,IBC,B -19-04JUN90

WELL-TRAINED TECHNICIANS

School is never out for John Deere service technicians.

Training schools are held regularly to be sure our

-UN-23AUG88
personnel know your equipment and how to maintain it.

Result?

Experience you can count on!

TS102
DX,IBC,C -19-04JUN90

PROMPT SERVICE

Our goal is to provide prompt, efficient care when you

want it and where you want it.
-UN-23AUG88

We can make repairs at your place or at ours,

depending on the circumstances: see us, depend on us.

JOHN DEERE SERVICE SUPERIORITY: We’ll be

around when you need us.
TS103

DX,IBC,D -19-04JUN90

090699
PN=269